Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

right+to+use+force

  • 101 машинное оборудование

    1. machinery

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8

    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8

    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11

    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11

    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

    Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование

  • 102 chemin

    chemin [∫(ə)mɛ̃]
    1. masculine noun
       a. path ; ( = route) lane ; ( = piste) track
       b. ( = parcours, trajet, direction) way (de, pour to)
    ils ont fait tout le chemin à pied/en bicyclette they walked/cycled the whole way
    il a fait du chemin ! he has come a long way
    ne t'arrête pas en si bon chemin ! don't stop now when you're doing so well
    chemin de fer railway (Brit), railroad (US) ; ( = moyen de transport) rail
    * * *
    ʃ(ə)mɛ̃
    nom masculin
    1) ( route) country road; ( étroit) lane; ( de terre) ( pour véhicule) track; ( pour piétons) path
    2) ( passage) way

    les obstacles qui sont or se trouvent sur mon chemin — lit, fig the obstacles which stand in my way

    3) (direction, itinéraire, trajet) way

    sur le chemin du retour/de l'école — on the way back/to school

    on a fait un bout de chemin ensemble — ( à pied) we walked along together for a while; ( dans la vie) we were together for a while

    chemin faisant, en chemin — on ou along the way

    faire tout le chemin à pied/en boitant — to walk/to limp all the way

    il a su trouver le chemin de mon cœurfig he's found the way to my heart

    cette femme fera/a fait du chemin — this woman will go/has come a long way

    montrer le chemin — ( donner l'exemple) to lead the way

    être sur le bon chemingén to be heading in the right direction

    s'arrêter en cheminlit to stop off on the way; fig to stop

    le chemin de la célébrité/perdition — the road to fame/ruin

    4) ( tapis) (carpet) runner
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    ʃ(ə)mɛ̃ nm

    Je suis descendu à la plage par un petit chemin. — I went down a little path to the beach.

    2) (= itinéraire, trajet) way

    en chemin; chemin faisant — on the way

    Je mangerai mon sandwich en chemin. — I'll eat my sandwich on the way.

    3) fig

    faire un bout de chemin avec qn (= travailler avec qn) — to work with sb, (= avoir une relation suivie avec qn) to have a relationship with sb

    faire un bout de chemin ensemble; Nous avons fait un bout de chemin ensemble et c'est ce qui compte le plus. — We were together for a while, and that's what is most important.

    ramener qn sur le droit chemin; remettre qn dans le droit chemin — to get sb back on the straight and narrow

    * * *
    chemin nm
    1 ( route) country road; ( étroit) lane; ( de terre) ( pour véhicule) track; ( pour piétons) path; être toujours sur les chemins to be always on the road; le chemin du village the road (that leads) to the village; ⇒ quatre, Rome;
    2 ( passage) way; se frayer un chemin à travers les broussailles to clear a way through the undergrowth; les obstacles qui sont or se trouvent sur mon chemin lit, fig the obstacles which stand in my way;
    3 (direction, itinéraire, trajet) way; indiquer le/demander son or le chemin à qn to tell/to ask sb the way; se tromper de chemin to go the wrong way; sur le chemin du retour/ de l'école on the way back/to school; reprendre le chemin du bureau to go back to the office ou to work; Aix? c'est (sur) mon chemin Aix? it's on my way; c'est le plus court chemin entre Pau et Oloron it's the quickest way from Pau to Oloron; le plus court chemin vers la paix the shortest path to peace; on a fait un bout de chemin ensemble ( à pied) we walked along together for a while; ( dans la vie) we were together for a while; continuer or passer or aller son chemin to continue on one's way; passez votre chemin! liter go on your way!; chemin faisant, en chemin on ou along the way; faire tout le chemin à pied/en boitant to walk/to limp all the way; il a su trouver le chemin de mon cœur fig he's found the way to my heart; avoir du chemin à faire to have a long way to go; on a fait du chemin we've come a long way; cette femme fera/a fait du chemin this woman will go/has come a long way; l'idée fait/a fait son chemin the idea is gaining/has gained ground; faire la moitié du chemin ( être conciliant) to meet sb halfway; montrer le chemin ( donner l'exemple) to lead the way, to set an example; être sur le bon chemin gén to be heading in the right direction; [malade] to be on the road to recovery; prendre le chemin de la faillite/l'échec to be heading for bankruptcy/failure; il a l'air d'en prendre le chemin he seems to be heading that way; s'arrêter en chemin lit to stop off on the way; fig to stop; tu ne vas pas t'arrêter en si bon chemin! don't stop when things are going so well!; le chemin de la gloire the path of glory; le chemin de la célébrité/perdition the road to fame/ruin; le destin l'a mis sur mon chemin fate threw him in my path; ⇒ bonhomme, droit;
    4 ( tapis) (carpet) runner.
    chemin acoustique sûr Mil reliable acoustic path; chemin de câbles cable tray; chemin charretier cart track; chemin creux sunken lane; chemin critique critical path; le chemin de Damas Relig the road to Damascus; trouver son chemin de Damas to see the light; le chemin des écoliers the long way round GB ou around US; prendre le chemin des écoliers to take the long way round GB ou around US; chemin de fer Rail ( infrastructure) railway, railroad US; ( mode de transport) rail; Jeux chemin de fer; par chemin de fer by rail; chemin de halage towpath; le chemin de (la) croix Relig the stations (pl) of the Cross; chemin de ronde path roundGB the battlements; chemin de roulement Aviat taxiway; Tech roller conveyor; chemin de table (table) runner; chemin de terre ( pour véhicule) dirt track; ( pour piétons) path; chemin de traverse path across ou through the fields; chemin vicinal country lane.
    [ʃ(ə)mɛ̃] nom masculin
    1. [allée] path, lane
    bandit ou voleur de grand chemin ou grands chemins highwayman
    2. [parcours, trajet] way
    faire ou abattre du chemin to go a long way
    pas de problème, c'est sur mon chemin no problem, it's on my way
    c'est le chemin le plus court/long it's the shortest/longest way
    nous avons fait tout le chemin à pied/en voiture we walked/drove all the way
    se frayer ou s'ouvrir un chemin dans la foule to force one's way through the crowd
    il voudrait devenir avocat, mais il n'en prend pas le chemin he'd like to be a lawyer, but he's not going about it the right way
    3. (figuré) [destinée, progression] way
    ouvrir/montrer le chemin to open/to lead the way
    b. [idée] to catch on
    cet enfant fera du chemin, croyez-moi! this child will go far ou a long way, believe me!
    être/rester sur le droit chemin to be on/to keep to the straight and narrow
    5. [napperon]
    chemin faisant locution adverbiale
    on the way, on one's way
    en chemin locution adverbiale
    on the way ou one's way

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > chemin

  • 103 mettre

    mettre [mεtʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 56
    1. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque mettre s'emploie dans des expressions telles que mettre qch en place, se mettre à table, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       a. ( = placer) to put
    où mets-tu tes verres ? where do you keep your glasses?
    mettre qch à (+ infinitif)
       b. ( = revêtir) to put on
       c. ( = consacrer) to take
    il y a mis le temps ! he's taken his time!
    je suis prêt à mettre 500 € I'm willing to give 500 euros
       d. ( = faire fonctionner) to put on
       e. ( = installer) [+ eau] to lay on ; [+ placards] to put in ; [+ étagères, rideaux] to put up ; [+ moquette] to lay
    si un pays, mettons la Norvège, décide... if a country, Norway say, decides...
    qu'est-ce qu'ils nous ont mis ! (inf) (bagarre, match) they gave us a real hammering! (inf)
    va te faire mettre ! (vulg!) fuck off! (vulg!)
    2. <
       a. ( = se placer) [objet] to go
    se mettre avec qn ( = faire équipe) to team up with sb ; (en ménage) (inf) to move in with sb (inf)
       e. ( = commencer) to start
    qu'est-ce que tu es énervant quand tu t'y mets ! (inf) you can be a real pain once you get started! (inf)
    se mettre à + nom
    voilà qu'il se met à pleuvoir ! and now it's starting to rain!
    * * *
    mɛtʀ
    1.
    1) (placer dans un endroit, une position) to put
    2) ( projeter involontairement) to drop [confiture, beurre] ( sur on); to spill [liquide, poudre] ( sur on)
    3) ( placer sur le corps) to put on [écharpe, fard]
    4) ( placer dans le corps) to put in
    6) (placer dans une situation, un état)
    7) ( classer)

    mettre quelque chose avant tout le reste or au-dessus de tout — to put something

    8) ( disposer)

    mettre la radio/les nouvelles — to put the radio/the news on

    mets plus/moins fort! — turn it up/down!

    10) ( installer) to put in [chauffage, douche, téléphone, placard]; to put up [rideau, lustre, étagère]

    mettre du carrelage/de la moquette — to lay tiles/a carpet

    11) ( écrire) to put up [inscription]

    il met que tout va bien — ( dans une lettre) he says ou writes that everything's fine

    mettre au passif/en anglais — to put into the passive/into English

    est-ce qu'on met un trait d'union à ‘multinational’? — is there a hyphen in ‘multinational’?

    mettez le pronom qui convient — ( remplacez) replace with the appropriate pronoun; ( bouchez les trous) insert the appropriate pronom

    12) ( ajouter) to add [ingrédient] ( dans to); to put [accessoire]
    13) ( consacrer)
    14) (investir, dépenser) to put [argent] (dans, sur into)

    combien pouvez-vous mettre? — ( pour acheter) how much can you afford?; ( pour contribuer) how much can you put in?

    15) ( prendre) ( du temps)

    mettre un temps fou — (colloq) to take ages (colloq)

    16) (colloq) ( vendre)
    17) ( attribuer) to give [note]
    18) (colloq) ( dire)

    mettons dix dollars/à dix heures — let's say ten dollars/at ten

    19) (colloq) ( supposer)
    20) (sl) ( ficher)

    tu peux te le mettre où je pense or quelque part — you know where you can put it (colloq)


    2.
    verbe intransitif

    mettre basgén [vache] to calve; [brebis] to lamb; [jument] to foal


    3.
    se mettre verbe pronominal
    1) (se placer dans un endroit, une position)

    se mettre devant la fenêtre — ( debout) to stand in front of the window; ( assis) to sit down in front of the window

    2) ( projeter involontairement sur soi) to spill [something] on oneself [liquide, poudre]
    3) ( placer sur son corps) to put on [veste, fard]
    4) ( placer dans son corps) to put in
    5) ( commencer)
    6) ( tourner)

    le temps s'est mis au froid/à la pluie — the weather has turned cold/to rain

    7) (se placer dans une situation, un état)

    on va se mettre ensemble — (colloq) ( sous le même toit) we're going to live together

    * * *
    mɛtʀ vt
    1) (= placer) to put

    mettre en sac — to put in bags, to put in sacks

    mettre qch à la posteto post sth Grande-Bretagne to mail sth USA

    mettre qn en examen pour qchto charge Grande-Bretagne sb with sth, to indict USA sb for sth

    2) [vêtements] (= revêtir) to put on, (= porter) to wear

    Mets ton gilet. — Put your cardigan on.

    Je mets mon manteau et j'arrive. — I'll put on my coat and then I'll be ready.

    Je ne mets plus mon manteau. — I no longer wear my coat.

    Elle ne met pas souvent de jupe. — She doesn't often wear a skirt.

    3) (= faire fonctionner) [chauffage, électricité] to put on, [réveil, minuteur] to set

    Il fait froid, je vais mettre le chauffage. — It's cold, I'm going to put the heating on.

    4) (= installer) [gaz, eau] to put in, to lay on

    faire mettre le gaz — to have gas put in, to have gas installed

    faire mettre l'électricité — to have electricity put in, to have electricity installed

    5) (= consacrer)

    mettre du temps à faire qch — to take time to do sth, to take time over sth

    mettre 2 heures à faire qch — to take 2 hours to do sth, to take 2 hours over sth

    Elle met des heures à se préparer. — She takes hours to get ready.

    6) (= noter, écrire) to put

    mettez les mots suivants au pluriel:... — put the following words into the plural:...

    7) (= supposer)

    mettons que... — let's suppose that..., let's say that...

    * * *
    mettre verb table: mettre
    A vtr
    1 (placer dans un endroit, une position) to put [chose, partie du corps, personne]; mettre un vase sur la table/des bûches dans la cheminée/le vin au frais to put a vase on the table/logs on the fire/the wine in a cool place; j'ai mis ta voiture au garage I've put your car in the garage for you; mettre les pieds sur la table/les mains sur la tête to put one's feet on the table/one's hands on one's head; mettre les mains en l'air/un timbre à l'envers to put one's hands up/a stamp on upside down; on m'a mis devant/tout au fond they put me at the front/right at the back; je l'ai mise sur ses pieds I put her on her feet; je mets les enfants à la crèche I send the children to a creche; il m'a mis en bas de chez moi he dropped me off outside my door; on m'a mis debout they stood me up; nous l'avons mise à l'hôtel we put her up at the hotel;
    2 ( projeter involontairement) to drop [solide]; to spill [liquide, poudre]; mettre de la confiture sur le tapis to drop jam on the carpet; mettre de la colle/farine partout to spill glue/flour all over the place;
    3 ( placer sur le corps) to put on [vêtement, bijou, maquillage, lunettes, préservatif, serviette]; mets ton écharpe put your scarf on; je vais mettre du mascara I'll put some mascara on;
    4 ( placer dans le corps) to put in [tampon, suppositoire, plombage]; on m'a mis un plombage I had a filling;
    5 ( porter habituellement sur le corps) to wear [lunettes, type de vêtement, parfum]; dans mon école les garçons mettent des cravates in my school boys wear ties; je ne mets jamais de chapeau I never wear a hat;
    6 (placer dans une situation, un état) mettre qn dans une situation embarrassante to put sb in an embarrassing situation; mettre qn en colère/en joie to make sb angry/happy; mettre qn en fureur to enrage sb; mettre qn au désespoir to drive sb to despair; mettre qn de bonne/mauvaise humeur to put sb in a good/bad mood; tu me mets hors de moi you infuriate me; mettre qn à la chaîne/à la reliure to put sb on the assembly line/on binding; mettre qn au travail to put sb to work; mettre qn au piano/au latin to start sb on the piano/on Latin; mettre les enfants à regarder la télévision to put the children in front of the television; si vous nous quittez, on mettra quelqu'un d'autre if you leave us, we'll find somebody else; mettre le riz à cuire to put the rice on; mettre le linge à sécher to put the washing out to dry;
    7 ( classer) mettre la famille avant tout le reste to put one's family first; mettre ses études au-dessus de tout to put one's studies first; je le mets au premier rang de tous les écrivains I rank him the best writer of all;
    8 ( disposer) mettre les assiettes to put the plates on the table; mettre les verres/la moutarde/un cendrier to put out the glasses/the mustard/an ashtray; mettre les chaises/une autre chaise to bring chairs/another chair; mettre une nappe to put on a tablecloth; je t'ai mis des draps propres I've put clean sheets on for you;
    9 ( faire fonctionner) mettre la radio/la télévision/le chauffage to put the radio/the television/the heating on; mettre les nouvelles/la deuxième chaîne to put the news/channel 2 on; mettre plus fort to turn up [appareil]; mettre moins fort to turn down [appareil]; mets plus/moins fort! turn it up/down!; mettre les essuie-glaces/les phares to switch on ou put on the windscreen GB ou windshield US wipers/the headlights; mettre le réveil to set the alarm; mettre le verrou to bolt the door; mettre le loquet to latch the door;
    10 ( installer) to put in [chauffage, douche, téléphone, placard]; to put up [rideau, lustre, étagère]; faire mettre le téléphone to have a telephone put in; je t'ai mis une prise I've put in a socket for you; mettre de la moquette to lay a carpet; faire mettre de la moquette ( dans une pièce) to have a carpet laid; ( dans plusieurs pièces) to have carpets laid; mettre du carrelage to lay tiles;
    11 ( écrire) to put up [inscription]; ils ont mis des graffiti partout/sur la colonne they've put graffiti everywhere/on the column; il met que tout va bien ( dans une lettre) he says ou writes that everything's fine; qu'est-ce que je dois mettre? what shall I put?; mettre au passif/au singulier to put into the passive/into the singular; mettre en vers to put into verse; je t'ai mis un mot I've left you a note; est-ce qu'on met un trait d'union à ‘multinational’? is there a hyphen in ‘multinational’?; il faut mettre un trait d'union you must put a hyphen in; mettre sa signature sur un document to put one's signature to a document; mettez votre signature ici sign here; mettez le pronom qui convient ( remplacez) replace with the appropriate pronoun; ( bouchez les trous) insert the appropriate pronom; mettre en musique to set to music; mettre en anglais to put into English; mettre son brouillon au propre or au net to write out ou up one 's notes;
    12 ( ajouter) to add [ingrédient] (dans to); to put [accessoire, élément décoratif]; mettre du sel dans la soupe to put some salt in the soup; mettre un peu de piment dans un récit to add a little spice to a story; mettre une sonnette à son vélo/des pompons à ses pantoufles to put a bell on one's bicycle/pompoms on one's slippers; mettre une radio à sa voiture/une doublure à sa veste to put a radio in one's car/a lining in one's jacket;
    13 ( consacrer) mettre tout son cœur dans son travail to put one's heart into one's work; y mettre du sien to put oneself into it; mettre toute son énergie à essayer de comprendre to put all one's energy into trying to understand; mettre des moyens importants au service d'une cause to use all possible means to further a cause; mettre de la rigueur dans sa démarche to become more thorough in one's approach;
    14 (investir, dépenser) to put [argent] (dans, sur into); mettre tout son argent dans son commerce to put all one's money into one's business; j'ai tout mis sur le pétrole I've put everything into oil; il a tout mis sur un cheval/une équipe he's put everything on a horse/a team; combien pouvez-vous mettre? ( pour acheter) how much can you afford?; ( pour contribuer) how much can you put in?;
    15 ( prendre) [activité] to take [heures, jours, années] (pour faire to do); elle a bien mis une heure it took her easily an hour; mettre un temps fou to take ages;
    16 ( vendre) je vous mets des tomates? would you like some tomatoes?; je vous en mets combien? deux, trois? how many would you like? two, three?;
    17 ( attribuer) je vous ai mis trois sur vingt I've given you three out of twenty;
    18 ( battre) ils nous ont mis trois à zéro they beat us three nil GB ou three to nothing US; je lui ai mis une gifle I gave him/her a slap (across the face); tu veux que je te mette mon poing sur la figure? do you want my fist in your face?; qu'est-ce qu'il m'a mis! what a thrashing he gave me!;
    19 ( partir) les mettre to beat it; je dois les mettre I'd better beat it;
    20 ( dire) mettons dix dollars/à dix heures let's say ten dollars/at ten;
    21 ( supposer) mettons qu'il vienne, qu'est-ce que vous ferez? supposing ou say he comes, what will you do?;
    22 ( ficher) tu peux te le mettre où je pense or quelque part you know where you can put it ou stick it; va te faire mettre get stuffed!
    B vi Vét, Zool mettre bas gén to give birth, to drop; [vache] to calve; [brebis] to lamb; [jument] to foal.
    C se mettre vpr
    1 (se placer dans un endroit, une position) se mettre devant la fenêtre ( debout) to stand in front of the window; ( assis) to sit down in front of the window; ( couché) to lie (down) in front of the window; se mettre sur les mains to stand on one's hands; se mettre sur le dos to lie on one's back; se mettre au lit to go to bed; se mettre debout to stand up; se mettre sur ses jambes to get to one's feet; ne plus savoir où se mettre not to know where to put oneself; se mettre les mains sur la tête to put one's hands on one's head; se mettre les doigts dans le nez to pick one's nose; où est-ce que ça se met? where does this go?;
    2 ( projeter involontairement sur soi) to spill [sth] on oneself [liquide, poudre]; se mettre de la confiture to get jam on oneself; se mettre de la boue sur ses chaussures/de l'encre sur le nez/une poussière dans l'œil to get mud on one's shoes/ink on one's nose/some grit in one's eye; s'en mettre partout to get it all over oneself;
    3 ( placer sur son corps) to put on [vêtement, bijou, maquillage]; se mettre un foulard/un collier/du rouge à lèvres to put on a scarf/a necklace/lipstick; se mettre de la poudre sur le visage to put some powder on one's face, to powder one's face; je ne sais pas quoi me mettre I don't know what to put on;
    4 ( placer dans son corps) to put in [suppositoire, tampon];
    5 ( commencer) se mettre à l'anglais/au tennis to take up English/tennis; se mettre à prendre des somnifères to start taking sleeping pills; ma voiture se met à avoir des problèmes my car is starting to go wrong; il va se mettre à pleuvoir it's going to start raining; il se met à faire froid/du vent it's starting to get cold/windy;
    6 ( tourner) le temps s'est mis au froid/au beau/à la pluie the weather has turned cold/fine/to rain;
    7 ( se lancer) elle s'est mise à leur recherche she started looking for them; je me suis mis sur l'affaire I started looking into the case;
    8 (se placer dans une situation, un état) se mettre en tort to put oneself in the wrong; se mettre dans une situation impossible to get (oneself) into an impossible situation; se mettre dans une sale affaire to get involved in some shady business; je me mets de ton côté I'm on your side; je préfère me mettre bien avec lui I prefer to get on the right side of him; se mettre à l'aise to make oneself comfortable; se mettre en colère to get angry; se mettre nu to take off one's clothes; on va se mettre ensemble ( sous le même toit) we're going to live together; il s'est mis avec elle ( de son côté) he's on her side; ( sous le même toit) he's moved in with her;
    9 ( s'habiller) se mettre en tenue d'été to put on summer clothes; se mettre en arlequin to dress up as Harlequin; se mettre en jaune to wear yellow;
    10 ( se grouper) ce n'est pas la peine de vous (y) mettre à dix there's no need for ten of you; ils s'y sont mis à au moins trente there were at least thirty of them;
    11 ( manger) je m'en suis mis un maximum I really stuffed myself; s'en mettre plein la panse or lampe or gueule to stuff oneself; qu'est-ce qu'on s'est mis! we really stuffed ourselves!;
    12 ( se battre) qu'est-ce qu'on s'est mis! we really laid into each other!
    [mɛtr] verbe transitif
    1. [placer] to put
    mettre sa confiance/tout son espoir en to put one's trust/all one's hopes in
    mettre quelqu'un dans: mettre quelqu'un dans l'avion/le train to put somebody on the plane/the train
    mettre de l'argent sur son compte to put ou to pay some money into one's account
    2. [poser horizontalement] to lay, to put
    mettre la main sur le bras de quelqu'un to lay ou to put one's hand on somebody's arm
    3. [disposer]
    4. [ajuster] to set
    mets la sonnerie à 20 h 30 set the alarm for 8:30 p.m
    5. [établir - dans un état, une situation]
    mettre quelqu'un à: mettre quelqu'un à l'amende to fine somebody, to impose a fine on somebody
    mettre quelqu'un au travail to set somebody to work, to get somebody working
    mettre du vin en bouteilles to put wine into bottles, to bottle wine
    mettre du linge à sécher to put ou to hang clothes up to dry
    mettre quelque chose à tremper to put something to soak, to soak something
    6. [fixer] to put
    mettre une pièce à un pantalon to put a patch on ou to patch a pair of trousers
    [ajouter] to put
    7. [se vêtir, se coiffer, se chausser de] to put on (separable)
    [porter régulièrement] to wear
    je lui ai mis son manteau/ses gants I put his coat/his gloves on (for him)
    8. [faire fonctionner - appareil] to turn ou to put ou to switch on (separable)
    mets de la musique put some music on, play some music
    mets les sports (familier) /la première chaîne put on the sport channel/channel one
    9. [installer] to put in (separable), to install
    mettre du papier peint/de la moquette dans une pièce to wallpaper/to carpet a room
    10. [consacrer - temps] to take
    elle a mis trois mois à me répondre she took three months ou it took her three months to answer me
    nous y mettrons le temps/le prix qu'il faudra we'll spend as much time/money as we have to
    tu as mis le temps! (familier) you took your time about it!, you took long enough!
    11. [écrire] to put
    on met un accent sur le "e" "e" takes an accent
    on met deux m à "pomme" "pomme" has two m's
    mets qu'il a refusé de signer (familier) write ou put down that he refused to sign
    12. [supposer]
    et mettons que tu gagnes? suppose ou let's say you win?
    il faut, mettons, 2 mètres de tissu we need, (let's) say ou shall we say, 2 metres of material
    13. [donner] to give
    le prof m'a mis 18 ≃ the teacher gave me an A
    14. (familier) [infliger]
    qu'est-ce qu'il m'a mis au ping-pong! he really hammered me ou he didn't half thrash me at table tennis!
    je lui ai mis une bonne claque I gave ou landed him a good clout
    ————————
    se mettre verbe pronominal (emploi passif)
    1. [dans une position, un endroit - chose] to go
    les pieds, ça ne se met pas sur la table! tables aren't made to put your feet on!
    2. [aller - vêtement] to go
    ————————
    se mettre verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [s'installer, s'établir - dans une position]
    2. [entrer - dans un état, une situation]
    il s'est mis dans une position difficile he's got ou put himself in a difficult situation
    3. [s'habiller]
    4. [s'unir]
    a. [pour un jeu] to team up with somebody
    b. [pour vivre] to move in with somebody
    c. [dans une discussion] to side with somebody
    on s'est mis par équipes de 6 we split up into ou we formed teams of 6 (people)
    ————————
    se mettre verbe pronominal transitif
    to put on (separable)
    se mettre une belle robe/du parfum to put on a nice dress/some perfume
    ————————
    se mettre à verbe pronominal plus préposition
    1. [passer à]
    2. [commencer]
    se mettre à l'ouvrage to set to work, to get down to work
    a. [au travail] to get down to it
    b. [à une activité nouvelle] to have a try
    si tu t'y mets aussi, je renonce! if you join in as well, I give up!

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > mettre

  • 104 mot

    mot [mo]
    1. masculine noun
       a. ( = terme) word
    paresseux, c'est bien le mot ! lazybones is the right word to describe him!
    tout de suite les grands mots ! you always overdramatize things!
    génie, c'est un bien grand mot ! genius, that's a big word!
    c'est votre dernier mot ? (dans négociations) is that your final offer?
    je n'ai pas dit mon dernier mot you (or they etc) haven't heard the last of me
    je vais lui dire deux mots ! I'll give him a piece of my mind!
    il lui a dit le mot de Cambronne ≈ he said a four-letter word to him
       b. ( = message) word ; ( = courte lettre) note
       c. ( = expression frappante) saying
    mot d'excuse letter of apology ; [d'élève] absence note ; (pour maladie) sick note
    * * *
    mo
    nom masculin
    1) gén word

    pour eux, l'amitié n'est pas un vain mot — they take friendship seriously

    ‘manger’, il n'a que ce mot à la bouche — all he can talk about is eating; gros

    2) ( parole) word

    ne pas souffler or piper (colloq) mot — not to say a word

    toucher (colloq) un mot de quelque chose à quelqu'un — to have a word with somebody about something

    sur ces mots il sortit — with that, he left

    viens par ici, j'ai deux mots à te dire! — euph come here, I've got a bone to pick with you!

    3) ( petite lettre) note
    4) Informatique word
    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    avoir or échanger des mots avec quelqu'un — euph to have words with somebody

    se donner or passer le mot — to pass the word around

    * * *
    mo nm
    1) (= terme, parole) word

    mot pour mot — word for word, verbatim

    sur ces mots; à ces mots — with these words

    2) (= formule) saying

    Il citait souvent ce mot de Gide... — He often quoted this saying from Gide...

    bon mot — witticism, witty remark

    3) (= message) note, line

    Je vais lui écrire un mot pour lui dire qu'on arrive. — I'll write him a note to say we're coming., I'll drop him a line to say we're coming.

    * * *
    mot nm
    1 gén word; mot de deux syllabes two-syllable word; mot mal orthographié misspelled word; mot savant/d'argot learned/slang word; le poids des mots the force of words; en d'autres mots in other words; en quelques mots in a few words; chercher ses mots to grope for words; il ne parle pas un mot d'anglais he doesn't speak a word of English; peser ses mots to weigh one's words; jouer sur les mots to play on words; mot pour mot [répéter, traduire, reprendre] word for word, verbatim; faire du mot à mot to translate word for word; au sens fort du mot in the full sense of the word; je n'en crois pas un (traître) mot I don't believe a word of it; à mots couverts [avouer, accuser] in veiled terms; au bas mot at least; en un mot in a word; explique-moi en deux mots tell me briefly; pour eux, l'amitié n'est pas un vain mot they take friendship seriously; il n'y a pas de mots pour décrire leur bêtise/leur comportement their stupidity/their behaviourGB defies description; il n'y a pas d'autre mot that's the only word for it; il est bête et le mot est faible! he's stupid and that's putting it mildly!; ‘manger’, il n'a que ce mot à la bouche all he can talk about is eating; ⇒ gros;
    2 ( paroles) word; dire un mot à qn to have a word with sb; échanger quelques mots to exchange a few words; je ne veux pas entendre un mot! I don't want to hear a word; je n'ai pas pu leur tirer un mot I couldn't get a word out of them; il faut lui arracher les mots à celui-là! getting him to talk is like getting blood out of a stone!; sans mot dire, sans dire un mot without saying a word; ne pas souffler or piper mot not to say a word; ne pas pouvoir placer un mot to be unable to get a word in edgeways; prendre qn au mot to take sb at his/her word; avoir le dernier mot to have the last word; je n'ai pas dit mon dernier mot I haven't said my last word; toucher un mot de qch à qn to have a word with sb about sth; glisser un mot à qn to have a quick word with sb; des mots que tout cela! it's just hot air!; si tu as besoin de moi tu n'as qu'un mot à dire if you need me you've only to say the word; sur ces mots il sortit with that, he left; il ne dit jamais un mot plus haut que l'autre he never raises his voice; avoir son mot à dire to be entitled to one's say; viens par ici, j'ai deux mots à te dire! euph come here, I've got a bone to pick with you!; pour reprendre les mots de Marina as Marina put it; 50 euros pour les deux c'est mon dernier mot 50 euros the pair but that's my last offer; avoir toujours le mot pour rire to be a born joker;
    3 ( petite lettre) note; un mot d'excuse Scol an excuse note; envoyer/écrire/laisser un mot to send/write/leave a note;
    4 Ordinat word.
    mot d'auteur Littérat literary quotation; mot composé Ling compound (word); mot d'enfant child's saying; mot d'esprit witticism, witty remark; mot de la fin closing words (pl); avoir le mot de la fin to have the last word; mot grammatical Ling function word, grammatical word; mot de liaison link word; mot machine machine word; mot d'ordre watchword; mot d'ordre de grève call for strike; mot d'ordre revendicatif demand, claim; mot outil = mot grammatical; mot de passe password; mot plein Ling full word; mot vide Ling prop ou empty word; mots croisés Jeux crosswords; mots doux sweet nothings; susurrer des mots doux à qn to whisper sweet nothings.
    avoir or échanger des mots avec qn euph to have words with sb; ne pas avoir peur des mots to call a spade a spade; manger ses mots to mumble; se donner or passer le mot to pass the word around.
    [mo] nom masculin
    orgueilleux, c'est bien le mot arrogant is the (right) word
    le mot de Cambronne ou de cinq lettres (euphémisme) the word "merde"
    le mot juste the right ou appropriate word
    mot mémoire storage ou memory word
    3. [parole] word
    chercher ses mots to try to find ou to search for the right words
    ce ne sont que des mots! it's just talk!, it's all hot air!
    grand mot: voleur, c'est un bien grand mot thief, that would be putting it a bit too strongly ou going a bit too far
    avec toi, c'est tout de suite ou toujours les grands mots you're always exaggerating
    mots doux words of love, sweet nothings (humoristique)
    dire un mot de travers to say something wrong, to put one's foot in it
    pas le premier ou un traître mot de not a single word of
    se donner ou se passer le mot to pass the word around
    4. [parole mémorable] saying
    mot d'esprit, bon mot witticism, witty remark
    mot de la fin concluding message, closing words
    5. [message écrit] note, word
    écrire un mot à quelqu'un to write somebody a note, to drop somebody a line
    ————————
    à mots couverts locution adverbiale
    ————————
    au bas mot locution adverbiale
    ————————
    en d'autres mots locution adverbiale
    en un mot locution adverbiale
    a. [en bref] in a nutshell, to cut a long story short
    mot à mot locution adverbiale
    [littéralement] word for word
    ————————
    mot pour mot locution adverbiale
    c'est ce qu'elle a dit, mot pour mot those were her very words, that's what she said, word for word
    ————————
    sans mot dire locution adverbiale

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > mot

  • 105 doser

    doser [doze]
    ➭ TABLE 1 transitive verb
       a. ( = mesurer) [+ ingrédient, élément] to measure out ; [+ remède] to measure out a dose of
       b. ( = proportionner) [+ mélange] to proportion correctly
       c. ( = équilibrer) to strike a balance between ; [+ exercices, difficultés] to grade
    doser ses efforts to pace o.s.
    * * *
    doze
    1) ( déterminer la quantité) to measure; ( introduire une quantité) to measure out
    2) ( contrôler) to use [something] in a controlled way
    * * *
    doze vt
    1) [substance] to measure out, [mélange] to mix in the correct proportions
    2) fig (= trouver la bonne quantité de) to gauge

    Il a bien su doser l'humour dans son dernier roman. — He gauged the humour just right in his last novel.

    * * *
    doser verb table: aimer vtr
    1 Chimie, Culin, Pharm ( déterminer la quantité) to measure; ( introduire une quantité) to measure out; dosé à 100 mg containing 100 mg (par per);
    2 ( contrôler) to use [sth] in a controlled way; doser sa force to use one's strength in a controlled way; doser ses efforts to pace oneself.
    [doze] verbe transitif
    1. [médicament] to measure a dose of
    [composant, ingrédient] to measure out (separable)
    2. [équilibrer - cocktail, vinaigrette] to use the correct proportions for
    3. [utiliser avec mesure]

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > doser

  • 106 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 107 schlagen

    das Schlagen
    beat; beating
    * * *
    schla|gen ['ʃlaːgn] pret schlug [ʃluːk] ptp geschlagen [gə'ʃlagn]
    1. vti
    1) (= zuschlagen, prügeln) to hit; (= hauen) to beat; (= einmal zuschlagen, treffen) to hit, to strike; (mit der flachen Hand) to slap, to smack; (leichter) to pat; (mit der Faust) to punch; (mit Schläger) to hit; (= treten) to kick; (mit Hammer, Pickel etc) Loch to knock

    jdn bewusstlos schlágen — to knock sb out or unconscious; (mit vielen Schlägen) to beat sb unconscious

    etw in Stücke or kurz und klein schlágen — to smash sth up or to pieces

    nach jdm/etw schlágen — to hit out or lash out at sb/sth

    um sich schlágen — to lash out

    mit dem Hammer auf den Nagel schlágen — to hit the nail with the hammer

    mit der Faust an die Tür/auf den Tisch schlágen — to beat or thump on the door/table with one's fist

    gegen die Tür schlágen — to hammer on the door

    jdn auf die Schulter schlágen — to slap sb on the back; (leichter) to pat sb on the back

    jdn auf den Kopf schlágen — to hit sb on the head

    jdm ein Buch or mit einem Buch auf den Kopf schlágen — to hit sb on the head with a book

    jdm etw aus der Hand schlágen — to knock sth out of sb's hand

    jdn ins Gesicht schlágen — to hit/slap/punch sb in the face

    ins Gesicht schlágen (fig)to be a slap in the face for sth

    na ja, ehe ich mich schlágen lasse! (hum inf) — yes, I don't mind if I do, I suppose you could twist my arm (hum inf)

    See:
    → grün, Fass
    2) (= läuten) to chime; Stunde to strike

    wissen, was es or die Uhr or die Glocke or die Stunde geschlagen hat (fig inf)to know what's what (inf)

    See:
    3)

    (= heftig flattern) mit den Flügeln schlágen, die Flügel schlágen (liter)to beat or flap its wings

    2. vt
    1) (= besiegen, übertreffen) Gegner, Konkurrenz, Rekord to beat

    schlágen — to beat sb at sth

    unsere Mannschaft schlug den Gegner (mit) 2:1 — our team beat their opponents (by) 2-1

    sich geschlagen geben — to admit that one is beaten, to admit defeat

    2) Teig, Eier to beat; (mit Schneebesen) to whisk; Sahne to whip

    ein Ei in die Pfanne schlágen — to crack an egg into the pan

    ein Ei in die Suppe schlágen — to beat an egg into the soup

    3) (CHESS) to take, to capture
    4) (liter = treffen)
    5) (BIBL = bestrafen) to strike (down), to smite (BIBL)
    6) (= fällen) to fell
    7) (= fechten) Mensuren to fight
    8)

    (liter: = krallen, beißen) schlágen — to sink one's talons/teeth into sth

    9) (HUNT = töten) to kill
    10) (= spielen) Trommel to beat; (liter) Harfe, Laute to pluck, to play
    11) (dated = prägen) Münzen etc to mint, to coin
    12) (= hinzufügen) to add (
    auf +acc, zu to); Gebiet to annexe
    13) (in Verbindung mit n siehe auch dort) Kreis, Bogen to describe; Purzelbaum, Rad to do; Alarm, Funken to raise; Krach to make

    Profit aus etw schlágen — to make a profit from sth; (fig) to profit from sth

    eine Schlacht schlágen — to fight a battle

    14)

    den Kragen nach oben schlágen — to turn up one's collar

    die Hände vors Gesicht schlágen — to cover one's face with one's hands

    15) (= wickeln) to wrap
    3. vi
    1) (Herz, Puls) to beat; (heftig) to pound, to throb
    See:
    2) aux sein

    (= auftreffen) schlágen — to hit one's head on/against sth

    3) aux sein

    (= gelangen) ein leises Wimmern schlug an sein Ohr — he could hear a faint whimpering

    4) (Regen) to beat; (Wellen) to pound, to beat
    See:
    Welle
    5) aux sein or haben (Flammen) to shoot out (aus of); (Rauch) to pour out (aus of)
    6) (Blitz) to strike (
    in etw acc sth)
    7) (=singen Nachtigall, Fink) to sing
    8)

    aux sein (inf: = ähneln) er schlägt sehr nach seinem Vater — he takes after his father a lot

    See:
    Art
    9)

    (= betreffen) schlágen — to be in sb's field/line

    10) aux sein

    (ESP MED: = in Mitleidenschaft ziehen) auf die Augen/Nieren etc schlágen — to affect the eyes/kidneys etc

    jdm auf die Augen etc schlágen — to affect sb's eyes etc

    See:
    Magen
    4. vr
    1) (= sich prügeln) to fight; (= sich duellieren) to duel (
    auf +dat with)

    sich mit jdm schlágen — to fight (with) sb, to have a fight with sb

    sich um etw schlágen (lit, fig)to fight over sth

    2) (= sich selbst schlagen) to hit or beat oneself
    3) (= sich bewähren) to do, to fare

    sich tapfer or gut schlágen — to make a good showing

    4)

    (= sich begeben) sich nach rechts/links/Norden schlágen — to strike out to the right/left/for the North

    schlágen — to side with sb

    sich zu einer Partei schlágen — to throw in one's lot with a party

    See:
    Leben
    5) (MECH)

    schlágen — to affect sth

    * * *
    1) (to use a bat: He bats with his left hand.) bat
    2) (to strike (the ball) with a bat: He batted the ball.) bat
    3) bag
    4) (to hit or strike violently, often making a loud noise: The child banged his drum; He banged the book down angrily on the table.) bang
    5) (to beat or strike with a club: They clubbed him to death.) club
    6) (to strike or hit repeatedly: Beat the drum.) beat
    7) (to win against: She beat me in a contest.) beat
    8) (to mix thoroughly: to beat an egg.) beat
    9) (to move in a regular rhythm: My heart is beating faster than usual.) beat
    11) (to strike with the fist.) buffet
    12) ((of a clock) to indicate the time by chiming: The clock chimed 9 o'clock.) chime
    13) (to strike (someone) with the palm of the hand, often in a friendly way: He clapped him on the back and congratulated him.) clap
    14) (to strike sharply: She clipped him over the ear.) clip
    15) (to hit hard: He drove a nail into the door; He drove a golf-ball from the tee.) drive
    16) (to (cause or allow to) come into hard contact with: The ball hit him on the head; He hit his head on/against a low branch; The car hit a lamp-post; He hit me on the head with a bottle; He was hit by a bullet; That boxer can certainly hit hard!) hit
    17) (to put into a certain state or position by hitting: He knocked the other man senseless.) knock
    18) (to hit with the fist: He punched him on the nose.) punch
    19) (to signal (something) by making a sound: Sound the alarm!) sound
    20) strike
    21) (to mint or manufacture (a coin, medal etc).) strike
    22) (to whip: I'm whipping up eggs for the dessert.) whip up
    23) (to beat (eggs etc).) whip
    24) (to beat (eggs etc) with a fork or whisk.) whisk
    * * *
    schla·gen
    [ˈʃla:gn̩]
    1.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (hauen)
    jdn \schlagen to hit [or form strike] sb; (mit der Faust) to punch sb; (mit der flachen Hand) to slap sb
    sie schlug ihm das Heft um die Ohren she hit him over the head with the magazine
    mit der Faust auf den Tisch \schlagen to hammer on the table with one's fist
    den Gegner zu Boden \schlagen to knock one's opponent down
    jdm etw aus der Hand \schlagen to knock sth out or sb's hand
    etw kurz und klein [o in Stücke] \schlagen to smash sth to pieces
    jdn mit der Peitsche \schlagen to whip sb
    jdn mit einem Schlagstock \schlagen to club [or hit] [or beat] sb with a stick
    jdm [wohlwollend] auf die Schulter \schlagen to give sb a [friendly] slap on the back
    2.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (prügeln)
    jdn \schlagen to beat sb
    schlägt dich dein Mann? does your husband beat you [up] [or hurt] you?
    jdn bewusstlos \schlagen to beat sb senseless [or unconscious]
    jdn blutig \schlagen to leave sb battered and bleeding
    jdn halb tot \schlagen to leave sb half dead
    jdn zum Krüppel \schlagen to cripple sb
    3.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (geh: heimsuchen)
    jdn \schlagen:
    das Schicksal hat ihn hart [o schwer] ge \schlagen fate has dealt him a hard blow
    mit einer Krankheit geschlagen sein to be afflicted by an illness
    4.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (besiegen)
    jdn \schlagen to defeat sb; SPORT to beat sb
    jdn [in etw dat] \schlagen to beat sb [in [or at] sth]
    den Feind mit Waffengewalt \schlagen to defeat the enemy with force of arms
    sich akk ge \schlagen geben to admit defeat
    den Gegner vernichtend \schlagen to inflict a crushing defeat on one's opponent
    jd ist nicht zu \schlagen sb is unbeatable
    5.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    etw \schlagen to take sth
    Läufer schlägt Bauern! bishop takes pawn!
    ich brauche drei Augen, um deinen Spielstein zu \schlagen I need a three to take you[r counter]
    6.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben KOCHK
    etw \schlagen to beat sth
    Sahne \schlagen to whip cream
    Eiweiß steif [o zu Schnee] \schlagen to beat the egg white until stiff
    Eier in die Pfanne \schlagen to crack eggs into the pan
    die Soße durch ein Sieb \schlagen to pass the gravy through a sieve
    7.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben MUS (zum Erklingen bringen)
    die Saiten \schlagen to pluck the strings
    den Takt \schlagen to beat time
    die Trommel \schlagen to beat the drums
    8.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (läuten)
    etw \schlagen to strike sth
    die Uhr hat gerade 10 [o (geh) die zehnte Stunde] ge \schlagen the clock has just struck ten; (fig)
    die Stunde der Rache/Wahrheit hat ge\schlagen the moment of revenge/truth has come; (fig)
    jetzt schlägt's aber dreizehn! that's a bit much [or thick]!
    eine ge\schlagene Stunde warten to wait for a whole hour
    wissen, was die Glocke [o Uhr] ge\schlagen hat (fig) to know what's what
    9.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (treiben)
    etw [irgendwohin] \schlagen to hit sth [somewhere]
    den Ball ins Aus \schlagen to kick the ball out of play
    ein Loch ins Eis \schlagen to break [or smash] a hole in the ice
    einen Nagel in die Wand \schlagen to knock [or hammer] a nail into the wall
    10.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (geh: krallen)
    die Fänge/Krallen/Zähne in die Beute \schlagen to dig [or sink] its claws/talons/teeth into the prey
    11.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (legen)
    etw irgendwohin \schlagen to throw sth somewhere
    die Arme um jdn \schlagen to throw one's arms around sb
    ein Bein über das andere \schlagen to cross one's legs
    die Decke zur Seite \schlagen to throw off the blanket
    die Hände vors Gesicht \schlagen to cover one's face with one's hands
    den Kragen nach oben \schlagen to turn up one's collar
    12.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben POL, ÖKON (hinzufügen)
    die Unkosten auf den Verkaufspreis \schlagen to add the costs to the retail price
    ein Gebiet zu einem Land \schlagen to annex a territory to a country
    13.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (wickeln)
    etw/jdn in etw akk \schlagen to wrap sth/sb in sth
    das Geschenk in Geschenkpapier \schlagen to wrap up the present
    das Kind in die Decke \schlagen to wrap the child in the blanket
    14.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (ausführen)
    etw \schlagen:
    das Kleid schlägt Falten the dress gets creased
    einen Bogen um das Haus \schlagen to give the house a wide berth
    das Kreuz \schlagen to make the sign of the cross
    mit dem Zirkel einen Kreis \schlagen to describe a circle with compasses
    15.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (fällen)
    einen Baum \schlagen to fell a tree
    16.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben JAGD (reißen)
    ein Tier \schlagen to take an animal
    17.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (veraltend: prägen)
    Medaillen \schlagen to strike medals
    Münzen \schlagen to mint coins
    18.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (fechten)
    eine Mensur \schlagen to fight a duel
    eine \schlagende Verbindung a duelling [or AM dueling] fraternity
    19.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Funken \schlagen to send out sparks sep
    eine Schlacht \schlagen to fight a battle
    20.
    ehe ich mich \schlagen lasse! (hum fam) oh all right [or go on] then!, before you twist my arm!
    jdn in die Flucht \schlagen to put sb to flight
    etw in den Wind \schlagen to reject sth out of hand; s.a. Alarm, Krach, Profit, Purzelbaum, Rad
    1.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (hauen)
    nach jdm \schlagen to hit out at sb
    [mit etw dat] um sich akk \schlagen to lash [or thrash] about [with sth]
    er schlug [wie] wild um sich he lashed [or hit] out wildly all round him
    [mit etw dat] irgendwohin \schlagen to hit sth [with sth]
    mit der Faust gegen eine Tür \schlagen to beat at a door with one's fist
    [jdm] [mit der Hand] ins Gesicht \schlagen to slap sb's face
    jdm in die Fresse \schlagen (derb) to punch sb in the face fam
    gegen das Tor \schlagen to knock at the gate
    2.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: sein (auftreffen)
    an [o gegen] etw akk \schlagen to land on sth, to strike against sth
    der Stein schlug hart auf das Straßenpflaster the stone landed with a thud on the road
    die schweren Brecher schlugen gegen die Hafenmauer the heavy breakers broke [or crashed] against the harbour wall
    hörst Du, wie der Regen gegen die Fensterläden schlägt? can you hear the rain [beating] against the shutters?
    der Regen schlug heftig gegen die Fensterscheibe the rain lashed against the window
    ich habe doch irgendwo eine Tür \schlagen hören! but I heard a door slam somewhere!
    3.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: sein (explodieren) to strike
    ein Blitz ist in den Baum ge\schlagen the tree was struck by lightning
    4.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (pochen) to beat
    ihr Puls schlägt ganz schwach/unregelmäßig/kräftig her pulse is very weak/irregular/strong
    nach dem Lauf hier hoch schlägt mir das Herz bis zum Hals my heart's pounding after running up here
    sein Herz hat aufgehört zu \schlagen his heart has stopped
    vor Angst schlug ihr das Herz bis zum Hals she was so frightened that her heart was in her mouth; (fig)
    ihr Herz schlägt ganz für Bayern München she's a whole-hearted Bayern Munich fan
    5.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (läuten)
    etw schlägt sth is striking
    hör mal, das Glockenspiel schlägt listen, the clock is chiming
    die Kirchglocken \schlagen the church bells are ringing; s.a. Stunde
    6.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: sein o haben (emporlodern)
    etw schlägt aus etw dat sth is shooting up from sth
    aus dem Dach schlugen die Flammen the flames shot up out of the roof
    7.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben ORN (singen) Nachtigalle, Fink to sing
    8.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (bewegen)
    mit den Flügeln \schlagen to beat its wings
    9.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: sein (fam: ähneln)
    nach jdm \schlagen to take after sb
    er schlägt überhaupt nicht nach seinem Vater he doesn't take after his father at all; s.a. Art
    10.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    jdm [auf etw akk] \schlagen to affect sb['s sth]
    das schlechte Wetter schlägt mir langsam aufs Gemüt the bad weather is starting to get me down
    der Streit ist ihr auf den Magen ge\schlagen the quarrel upset her stomach
    11.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: sein (zugehören)
    in jds Fach \schlagen to be in sb's field
    12.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: sein (dringen)
    Lärm schlug an meine Ohren the noise reached my ears
    das Blut schlug ihm ins Gesicht the blood rushed to his face
    die Röte schlug ihr ins Gesicht she turned quite red
    1.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (sich prügeln)
    sich akk \schlagen to have a fight, to fight each other
    sich akk [mit jdm] \schlagen to fight [sb]
    sich akk selbst \schlagen to hit [or beat] oneself
    2.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (sich duellieren)
    sich akk \schlagen to duel
    3.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (rangeln)
    sich akk [um etw akk] \schlagen to fight [over sth]
    das Konzert ist ausverkauft, die Leute haben sich um die Karten geradezu ge\schlagen the tickets went like hot cakes and the concert is sold out; (iron fam)
    ich schlage mich nicht darum, das Geschirr zu spülen I'm not desperate to do the washing up
    4.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (sich wenden)
    sich akk irgendwohin \schlagen to strike out
    sich akk nach rechts \schlagen to strike out to the right
    sich akk in die Büsche \schlagen to slip away hum, to go behind a tree hum
    sich akk auf jds Seite \schlagen to take sb's side; (die Fronten wechseln) to go over to sb
    5.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    etw schlägt sich jdm auf den Magen sth affects sb's stomach
    6.
    <schlug, geschlagen>
    Hilfsverb: haben (sich anstrengen)
    sich akk [irgendwie] \schlagen to do somehow
    sich akk gut \schlagen to do well
    wie war die Prüfung? — ich denke, ich habe mich ganz gut geschlagen how was the exam? — I think I've done pretty well
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) hit; beat; strike; (mit der Faust) punch; hit; (mit der flachen Hand) slap; (mit der Peitsche) lash

    ein Kind schlagen — smack a child; (aufs Hinterteil) spank a child

    jemanden bewusstlos/zu Boden schlagen — beat somebody senseless/to the ground; (mit einem Schlag) knock somebody senseless/to the ground

    ein Loch ins Eis schlagenbreak or smash a hole in the ice; s. auch grün 1)

    einen Nagel in etwas (Akk.) schlagen — knock a nail into something

    3) (rühren) beat < mixture>; whip < cream>; (mit einem Schneebesen) whisk
    4) (läuten) < clock> strike; < bell> ring

    eine geschlagene Stunde(ugs.) a whole hour; s. auch dreizehn; Stunde 1)

    5) (legen) throw
    6) (einwickeln) wrap (in + Akk. in)
    7) (besiegen, übertreffen) beat

    jemanden in etwas (Dat.) schlagen — beat somebody at something

    eine Mannschaft [mit] 2:0 schlagen — beat a team [by] 2-0

    8) auch itr. (bes. Schach) take < chessman>
    9) (fällen) fell < tree>
    10) (spielen) beat < drum>; (geh.) play <lute, zither, harp>

    den Takt/Rhythmus schlagen — beat time

    11)

    etwas in etwas/auf etwas (Akk.) schlagen — add something to something

    2.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb

    jemandem auf die Hand/ins Gesicht schlagen — slap somebody's hand/hit somebody in the face

    um sich schlagenlash or hit out

    2)

    mit den Flügeln schlagen< bird> beat or flap its wings

    mit dem Kopf auf etwas (Akk.) /gegen etwas schlagen — bang one's head on/against something

    5) (pulsieren) <heart, pulse> beat; (heftig) < heart> pound; < pulse> throb
    6) (läuten) < clock> strike; < bell> ring; < funeral bell> toll
    7) auch mit sein (auftreffen)

    gegen/an etwas (Akk.) schlagen — <rain, waves> beat against something

    8) meist mit sein (einschlagen)

    in etwas (Akk.) schlagen — <lightning, bullet, etc.> strike or hit something

    nach dem Onkel usw. schlagen — take after one's uncle etc

    3.

    sich um etwas schlagen(auch fig.) fight over something

    2) (ugs.): (sich behaupten) hold one's own

    sich tapfer schlagen — hold one's own well; put up a good showing

    * * *
    schlagen; schlägt, schlug, hat oder ist geschlagen
    A. v/t (hat)
    1. hit; wiederholt, (verprügeln) beat; mit der Faust: hit, punch; mit der offenen Hand: hit, whack umg; klatschend: slap; (besonders Kinder) smack; mit dem Stock: hit, beat; mit der Peitsche: whip; (Eier, Sahne etc) beat;
    jemanden zu Boden schlagen knock sb down, floor sb; (k.o. schlagen) knock sb out;
    jemanden blutig/krankenhausreif schlagen hit sb until he ( oder she) bleeds/needs hospital treatment; stärker: beat sb to a bleeding pulp/reduce sb to a hospital case;
    sie schlagen ihre Kinder they beat their children;
    er schlägt seine Frau he beats (up) his wife;
    an die Wand schlagen mit Nägeln: nail to the wall;
    jemandem etwas aus der Hand schlagen knock sth out of sb’s hand;
    jemandem etwas um die Ohren schlagen slap sb (a)round the ears with sth;
    den Kopf schlagen an (+akk) hit ( oder bump, knock, bang) one’s head on ( oder against);
    eine Notiz ans Brett schlagen put a notice up on the board, pin a notice (up) onto the board;
    die Trommel schlagen beat the drum; Fußball etc:
    den Ball zu … schlagen pass the ball to …;
    Erbsen etc
    durch ein Sieb schlagen pass through a sieve;
    schlagen in (+akk) hammer ( oder drive) into;
    ein Loch in die Wand schlagen knock a hole in the wall;
    ein Ei in die Pfanne schlagen break an egg into the pan;
    die Zähne schlagen in (+akk) Tier: sink its teeth into;
    die Augen zu Boden schlagen cast one’s eyes down
    2. (Bäume) fell, cut down
    3. (Tür) bang, slam
    4. (übertreffen) beat; (besiegen) auch defeat, lick umg;
    wir haben sie 3:0 geschlagen we beat them 3-0;
    sich geschlagen geben admit defeat, give up;
    ich gebe mich geschlagen auch umg okay, you win
    5.
    sich (dat)
    Sinn schlagen put sth out of one’s mind, forget (about) sth umg
    6.
    schlagen WIRTSCH add on to
    7.
    die Uhr schlug zehn the clock struck ten;
    jetzt schlägt’s dreizehn! umg, fig that’s overdoing it
    8.
    in Papier schlagen (einwickeln) wrap (up) in paper;
    zur Seite schlagen (Decke etc) push aside
    9. Raubvogel etc: (Beutetier) kill; Alarm, Brücke 1, Flucht1 1, geschlagen, Glocke 1, Kapital 2, Kreuz 1, Rad 1, Schaum, Waffe, Wurzel
    B. v/i
    1. (hat) hit sb, sth, strike; Herz, Puls: beat; heftig: throb; Uhr: strike; Tür: bang, slam; Segel: flap; Rad: run untrue, pull; Pferd: kick; Nachtigall: sing;
    schlagen an (+akk) oder
    gegen hit;
    mit etwas auf/gegen etwas schlagen bang sth on/against sth;
    gegen die Tür schlagen hammer at the door;
    jemandem ins Gesicht/in den Magen schlagen punch sb in the face/stomach;
    jemandem auf die Finger schlagen rap sb’s knuckles;
    schlagen hit out at;
    um sich schlagen lash out (in all directions), thrash about (US around);
    sein Puls schlägt regelmäßig his pulse is regular
    schlagen an (+akk) oder
    gegen Regen: beat against; Wellen: beat ( oder crash) against
    3. (ist):
    gegen etwas schlagen hit ( oder bump, knock, bang) one’s head against sth;
    auf (+akk) den Kreislauf etc
    schlagen affect;
    schlug ihm auf den Magen auch went to his stomach;
    die Arbeit etc
    schlägt mir auf den Magen is upsetting my stomach;
    das schlägt mir aufs Gemüt it affects my state of mind, it gets me down
    4. (ist):
    schlagen aus Flammen: leap out of; Rauch: pour from ( oder out of);
    der Blitz schlug in den Baum the lightning struck the tree
    5. (hat/ist):
    Ressort schlagen (not) be part of sb’s job
    6. (ist):
    sie schlägt ganz nach ihrer Mutter she’s just like her mother
    C. v/r (hat)
    1. (kämpfen) (have a) fight (
    mit with);
    sich mit jemandem schlagen fight it out with sb; (duellieren) fight a duel with sb;
    sich schlagen um fight over;
    sich gut schlagen fig hold one’s own, give a good account of o.s.
    2.
    sich auf jemandes Seite schlagen side with sb; weitS. (überwechseln) go over to sb;
    3.
    sich auf den Magen/das Gemüt schlagen affect one’s stomach/state of mind
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) hit; beat; strike; (mit der Faust) punch; hit; (mit der flachen Hand) slap; (mit der Peitsche) lash

    ein Kind schlagen — smack a child; (aufs Hinterteil) spank a child

    jemanden bewusstlos/zu Boden schlagen — beat somebody senseless/to the ground; (mit einem Schlag) knock somebody senseless/to the ground

    ein Loch ins Eis schlagenbreak or smash a hole in the ice; s. auch grün 1)

    einen Nagel in etwas (Akk.) schlagen — knock a nail into something

    3) (rühren) beat < mixture>; whip < cream>; (mit einem Schneebesen) whisk
    4) (läuten) < clock> strike; < bell> ring

    eine geschlagene Stunde(ugs.) a whole hour; s. auch dreizehn; Stunde 1)

    5) (legen) throw
    6) (einwickeln) wrap (in + Akk. in)
    7) (besiegen, übertreffen) beat

    jemanden in etwas (Dat.) schlagen — beat somebody at something

    eine Mannschaft [mit] 2:0 schlagen — beat a team [by] 2-0

    8) auch itr. (bes. Schach) take < chessman>
    9) (fällen) fell < tree>
    10) (spielen) beat < drum>; (geh.) play <lute, zither, harp>

    den Takt/Rhythmus schlagen — beat time

    11)

    etwas in etwas/auf etwas (Akk.) schlagen — add something to something

    2.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb

    jemandem auf die Hand/ins Gesicht schlagen — slap somebody's hand/hit somebody in the face

    um sich schlagenlash or hit out

    2)

    mit den Flügeln schlagen< bird> beat or flap its wings

    mit dem Kopf auf etwas (Akk.) /gegen etwas schlagen — bang one's head on/against something

    5) (pulsieren) <heart, pulse> beat; (heftig) < heart> pound; < pulse> throb
    6) (läuten) < clock> strike; < bell> ring; < funeral bell> toll
    7) auch mit sein (auftreffen)

    gegen/an etwas (Akk.) schlagen — <rain, waves> beat against something

    8) meist mit sein (einschlagen)

    in etwas (Akk.) schlagen — <lightning, bullet, etc.> strike or hit something

    nach dem Onkel usw. schlagen — take after one's uncle etc

    3.

    sich um etwas schlagen(auch fig.) fight over something

    2) (ugs.): (sich behaupten) hold one's own

    sich tapfer schlagen — hold one's own well; put up a good showing

    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: schlug, geschlagen)
    = to bang v.
    to bash v.
    to batter v.
    to beat v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: beat, beaten)
    to blast v.
    to hit v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: hit)
    to knock (at) v.
    to pommel v.
    to pummel v.
    to punch v.
    to rap v.
    to slap v.
    to slat v.
    to strike v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: struck)
    or p.p.: stricken•)

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > schlagen

  • 108 trabajo

    m.
    1 work.
    una casa tan grande da mucho trabajo a big house like that is a lot of work
    hacer un buen trabajo to do a good job
    trabajo de campo field work
    trabajo en o de equipo teamwork
    trabajo físico physical effort
    trabajo intelectual mental effort
    trabajo manual manual labor
    trabajos forzados o forzosos hard labor
    trabajo de oficina office work
    trabajo social social work
    trabajo sucio dirty work
    trabajo temporal temporary work
    2 job (empleo).
    buscar/encontrar trabajo to look for/find work o a job
    no tener trabajo to be out of work
    3 work (place).
    en el trabajo at work
    ir al trabajo to go to work
    5 labor (economics & politics).
    6 effort (esfuerzo).
    costar mucho trabajo to take a lot of effort
    tomarse el trabajo de hacer algo to go to o take the trouble of doing something
    7 work place, job, workplace.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: trabajar.
    * * *
    2 (tarea) task, job
    3 (empleo) job, employment
    4 (esfuerzo) effort
    5 EDUCACIÓN report, paper
    \
    ahorrarse el trabajo to save oneself the trouble
    con gran trabajo / con mucho trabajo with great effort
    cuesta trabajo... it's hard to...
    estar sin trabajo to be out of work
    ir al trabajo to go to work
    tomarse el trabajo de to take the trouble to
    trabajo de chinos familiar very intricate work, time-consuming work
    trabajo eventual casual labour (US labor)
    trabajo por turno / trabajo por turnos shiftwork
    trabajos forzados / trabajos forzosos hard labour (US labor) sing
    trabajos manuales arts and crafts, handicrafts
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) work, job
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=labor) work

    ¡buen trabajo! — good work!

    el trabajo de la casathe housework

    ropa de trabajo — work clothes

    estar sin trabajo — to be unemployed

    quedarse sin trabajo — to find o.s. out of work, lose one's job

    trabajo de campo, trabajo en el terreno — fieldwork

    trabajo manual — manual labour, manual labor (EEUU)

    trabajos forzadoshard labour sing, hard labor (EEUU) sing

    trabajos manuales — (Escol) handicrafts

    2) (tb: puesto de trabajo) job
    3) (tb: lugar de trabajo) work
    4) (=esfuerzo)

    ahorrarse el trabajo — to save o.s. the trouble

    costar trabajo, le cuesta trabajo hacerlo — he finds it hard to do

    dar trabajo, reparar la casa nos ha dado mucho trabajo — it was hard work o a real job repairing the house

    tomarse el trabajo de hacer algo — to take the trouble to do sth

    5) (=obra) (Arte, Literat) work; (Educ) essay; [de investigación] study
    6) (Econ)
    a) (=mano de obra) labour, labor (EEUU)
    b) (tb: Ministerio de Trabajo) Department of Employment, Department of Labor (EEUU)
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( empleo) job

    conseguir trabajoto get o find work, to get o find a job

    un trabajo de media jornada or (AmL) de medio tiempo or (Esp) a tiempo parcial — a part-time job

    trabajo de jornada completa or de or a tiempo completo — full-time work o job

    b) ( lugar) work
    2) (actividad, labor) work
    3)
    a) ( tarea) job
    b) ( obra escrita) piece of work
    4) ( esfuerzo)

    se tomó/dio el trabajo de venir — she took the trouble to come

    5) (Econ) labor*
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( empleo) job

    conseguir trabajoto get o find work, to get o find a job

    un trabajo de media jornada or (AmL) de medio tiempo or (Esp) a tiempo parcial — a part-time job

    trabajo de jornada completa or de or a tiempo completo — full-time work o job

    b) ( lugar) work
    2) (actividad, labor) work
    3)
    a) ( tarea) job
    b) ( obra escrita) piece of work
    4) ( esfuerzo)

    se tomó/dio el trabajo de venir — she took the trouble to come

    5) (Econ) labor*
    * * *
    trabajo1
    1 = employment, endeavour [endeavor, -USA], job, labour [labor, -USA], leg work, occupation, task, work, working environment, workload [work load], pursuit, workmanship, footwork, handwork, professional position, working practice, pursuit in life, handiwork, lifework, line of business, toil, industry.

    Ex: Under WOMEN -- EMPLOYMENT, for instance, are listed works on the health and safety hazards of employment, the wages of employment, the problems of mothers, married and/or single women and employment, and so on.

    Ex: Eventually, it came to be recognized that the Classification Research Group's endeavours might be pertinent to the problem of alphabetical indexing.
    Ex: To ease the cataloguer's job and save him the trouble of counting characters, DOBIS/LIBIS uses a special function.
    Ex: An editor is a person who prepares for publication an item not his own and whose labour may be limited to the preparation of the item for the manufacturer.
    Ex: DOBIS/LIBIS may replace the typewriter, the catalog card, and much leg work, but it cannot replace the decision-making capabilities of the library staff.
    Ex: Headings such as SALESMEN AND SALESMANSHIP and FIREMEN, since they are assigned to works covering the activities of both men and women in these occupations, are not specific.
    Ex: Further, menu screens will be necessary until the user has specified the task that he wishes executed or the information that he wishes to retrieve sufficiently for execution or retrieval to be effected.
    Ex: The Classification Research Group (CRG) has been a major force in the development of classification theory, and has made a major contribution towards work on a new general classification scheme.
    Ex: This article examines the various features now available on copiers and comments on the usefulness in a working environment.
    Ex: Each of these changes, if we were to deal with them in an adequate manner, create severe workload problems for the cataloging department.
    Ex: What is more arguable is whether or not it is a bibliographical pursuit at all since it bears little relationship to the physical nature of the book.
    Ex: William R Lethaby, the architect who had Westminster Abbey in his charge for over twenty years, once said 'Art is thoughtful workmanship'.
    Ex: If we decide to take on making up a subject file there'd be a lot of footwork even if we use that list as a basis = Si decidimos aceptar crear un fichero ordenado por materias habría mucho trabajo incluso si usamos esta lista como base.
    Ex: The newspaper's suppression after the first issue was not, as some historians have declared, the handwork of Massachusetts' Puritan clergy = La supresión del periódico después de su primer número no fue, como algunos historiadores han declarado, por la intervención del clero puritano de Massachussetts.
    Ex: In virtually all of her professional positions she has been involved with the handling of documents.
    Ex: While many believe that print on paper will never die, new formats are already changing working practice in many spheres.
    Ex: People who are blind, regardless of their pursuit in life, will not have access to current information, books, learning, or education opportunities unless all libraries and blindness organizations agree to work together.
    Ex: Rather than bringing in butchers to do the handiwork of his dissections, Vesalius himself worked on the human cadavers and said that students of medicine should do the same.
    Ex: This is an eloquent, moving testament to the lifework of a major artist of unimpeachable technique and passion.
    Ex: The computer people are muscling in on our line of business and we can't stop them.
    Ex: Furthermore, the computer can be used, and is already being used, to eliminate drudgery, busywork, and useless toil in library systems.
    Ex: In fact, the terms of the contrast are highly ambivalent: order vs. anarchy, liberty vs. despotism, or industry vs. sloth, and also dissimulation vs. honesty.
    * acoso en el trabajo = workplace mobbing.
    * agenda de trabajo = work agenda.
    * agobiado de trabajo = up to + Posesivo + eyeballs in work.
    * ahorrar el trabajo de = save + effort in.
    * almuerzo de trabajo = work luncheon.
    * ámbito de trabajo = field of endeavour.
    * amor al trabajo = love of work.
    * ansiedad en el trabajo = job anxiety, work anxiety.
    * anterior al trabajo = pre-service.
    * anuncio de trabajo = help wanted ad, help wanted notice.
    * anuncios de trabajo = help-wanted advertising.
    * año de trabajo = man year.
    * ascender en el trabajo = step up + the career ladder.
    * ascenso en el trabajo = job promotion.
    * aspirar a un puesto de trabajo = aspire to + position.
    * asunto relacionado con el trabajo = work-related issue.
    * avanzar en + Posesivo + trabajo = advance + Posesivo + work, advance + Posesivo + work.
    * basado en el trabajo en equipo = team-based.
    * bibliografía de trabajo = working bibliography.
    * biblioteconomía especializada en el trabajo de referencia = reference librarianship.
    * bolsa de trabajo = labour exchange, job opportunities, employment bureau, employment centre, employment opportunity, job centre, job pool.
    * borrador de trabajo = working paper.
    * buscador de trabajo = job applicant, job seeker.
    * buscar trabajo = seek + employment.
    * buscar trabajo en la calle = work + the streets.
    * campo de trabajo = field of endeavour.
    * campo de trabajos forzados = labour camp, forced labour camp.
    * cantidad de trabajo = workload [work load].
    * carga de trabajo = workload [work load].
    * centro de trabajo = workplace.
    * cobrar en un trabajo = job + pay.
    * comenzar el turno de trabajo = go on + duty.
    * comida de trabajo = business meal, professional meal.
    * compañero de trabajo = co-worker [coworker], male colleague, work colleague, fellow worker.
    * complementos del trabajo = fringe benefits, fringes.
    * conciliación del trabajo y la familia = reconciliation of work and family.
    * con demasiado trabajo = overworked.
    * condiciones del contrato de trabajo = terms of employment.
    * condiciones de trabajo = working conditions.
    * con mucho trabajo = painfully.
    * conseguir un puesto de trabajo = obtain + position.
    * conseguir un trabajo = enter + job, land + job.
    * con trabajo = in post.
    * contratar al primero que solicita el trabajo = hire on a first-come, first-take basis.
    * contrato de trabajo = contract position.
    * conversación de trabajo = shop talk.
    * costar mucho trabajo = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.
    * costar trabajo = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.
    * cualquier trabajo temporal = casual job.
    * cubrir un puesto de trabajo = fill + position.
    * cuestión relacionada con el trabajo = work-related issue.
    * dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.
    * dar trabajo = present + burden.
    * dedicar trabajo = expend + effort.
    * definición de trabajo = working definition.
    * dejar a Alguien sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.
    * dejar el puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post.
    * dejar el trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post, quit + Posesivo + job, jump + ship.
    * dejar sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.
    * dejar un puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + position.
    * dejar un trabajo = quit, resign + Posesivo + post.
    * denominación del puesto de trabajo = job title, occupational title.
    * dentro del mismo trabajo = intraoccupational.
    * derecho del trabajo = employment law.
    * desarrollar + Posesivo + trabajo = advance + Posesivo + work.
    * desarrollar un plan de trabajo = develop + agenda.
    * descripción del puesto de trabajo = job description, position description, job profile.
    * desempeñar un trabajo = exercise + work.
    * despedir del trabajo = make + redundant.
    * después del horario de trabajo = after hours [after-hours].
    * de trabajo = working.
    * día del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día de trabajo = working day.
    * día internacional del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * diario automático de trabajo = time log.
    * dignidad del trabajo = dignity of work.
    * dinámica de trabajo = workflow [work flow].
    * distribución del trabajo = workflow [work flow].
    * distribuir el trabajo = spread + the load.
    * división del trabajo = division of labour.
    * documento de trabajo = working document, working draft.
    * eficacia en el trabajo = quality of service.
    * elaborar un plan de trabajo = develop + agenda.
    * eliminar puestos de trabajo = shed + jobs, axe + jobs, cut + jobs.
    * empresa de trabajo = industrial affiliation.
    * encomendar un trabajo a Alguien = assign + job.
    * encontrar trabajo = find + a job.
    * encontrar trabajo en una biblioteca = join + library.
    * en el horario de trabajo = on company time.
    * en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.
    * enseñanza antes de empezar el trabajo = pre-service education.
    * enseñanza en el trabajo = in-service education.
    * entorno de trabajo = working environment, work environment.
    * entrevista de trabajo = job interview.
    * equipo de trabajo = study team, project team, work team.
    * esclavo del trabajo = workaholic.
    * escribir un trabajo = write + essay.
    * espacio de trabajo = workspace.
    * específico de un trabajo concreto = job-specific.
    * estación de trabajo = workstation [work station], desktop workstation.
    * estación de trabajo remota = outstation.
    * estadía de trabajo = work visit.
    * estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.
    * estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.
    * estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.
    * estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.
    * estrategia que ahorra trabajo = labour saver.
    * estrés en el trabajo = job stress.
    * evaluar el rendimiento en el trabajo = evaluate + work performance.
    * excedencia en el trabajo = leave of absence.
    * ficha de trabajo = worksheet, project worksheet.
    * formación continua en el trabajo = workplace training, workplace learning.
    * formación en el trabajo = in-service training, in-service education, in-service, on-the-job training, in-service support.
    * funciones del puesto de trabajo = position + entail + duty.
    * grupo de trabajo = study group, study team, task force, working party, task group, research group, working group, project team.
    * grupo de trabajo por tema de interés = breakout group.
    * guía de trabajo = working guide.
    * hábito de trabajo = work habit, working habit.
    * hablar del trabajo = talk + shop.
    * hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work.
    * hacer (todo) el trabajo pesado = do (all) + the donkey work.
    * hacer un buen trabajo = do + a good job.
    * hacer un trabajo = do + work, do + job.
    * hacer un trabajo sobre = do + a project about.
    * hasta aquí de trabajo = up to + Posesivo + eyeballs in work.
    * hasta el cuello de trabajo = up to + Posesivo + eyeballs in work.
    * herramienta de trabajo = tool, tool.
    * hora de trabajo = man-hour.
    * horario de trabajo = hours of operation, working hours, work hours.
    * horario intenso de trabajo = long hours, the.
    * horarios de trabajo demasiado cargados = over-long hours.
    * igualdad de oportunidad en el trabajo = equal employment opportunity.
    * igualdad de retribución por un trabajo de valor comparable = equal pay for comparable work.
    * igualdad de retribución por un trabajo de igual valor = equal pay for equal work.
    * incentivo en el trabajo = work incentive, labour incentive.
    * indicador del trabajo realizado = workload indicator.
    * intercambio de puestos de trabajo = job exchange.
    * jornada de trabajo = workshop.
    * liberar del exceso de trabajo = relieve + overload.
    * liberar de trabajo = relieve + pressure.
    * línea de trabajo = line of work.
    * llamar al trabajo para excusarse por enfermedad = call in + sick.
    * llegar tarde al trabajo = be late for work.
    * lugar de trabajo = affiliation, institutional affiliation, working environment, workplace, place of work, worksite [work site], home institution.
    * lugar de trabajo del autor = author affiliation.
    * magistratura del trabajo = industrial tribunal.
    * marco de trabajo = framework.
    * medida de seguridad e higiene en el trabajo = health and safety standard.
    * memoria de trabajo = working memory.
    * mercado de trabajo = labour market, job market.
    * mercado de trabajo, el = employment market, the.
    * mesa de trabajo = desk, study table.
    * método de trabajo = working method.
    * Ministerio de Trabajo = Department of Labor.
    * modelo de trabajo = working model, business model.
    * mucho trabajo = hard graft.
    * negligente en el trabajo = malpractitioner.
    * neurosis producida por el trabajo = occupational neurosis.
    * NISTF (Grupo de Trabajo sobre los Sistemas Nacionales de Información de la A = NISTF (Society of American Archivists National Information Systems Task Force).
    * no perder el trabajo = stay in + work.
    * norma de trabajo = working rule.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * obtener un puesto de trabajo = obtain + position.
    * ocupar un puesto de trabajo = assume + position, take up + post, hold + post.
    * oferta de trabajo = job advertisement, job offer, help wanted ad, help wanted notice.
    * ofertas de trabajo = help-wanted advertising.
    * oportunidad de trabajo = career opportunity.
    * organización del trabajo = workflow [work flow], working arrangement.
    * paquete de trabajo = workpackage.
    * para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.
    * pérdida de puestos de trabajo = squeeze on jobs.
    * permiso de trabajo = work permit.
    * permuta de trabajo = job exchange.
    * persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.
    * persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.
    * persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.
    * persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.
    * personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.
    * plan de trabajo = research agenda, work plan, working plan, work schedule.
    * política de trabajo = policy.
    * postura exigida por el trabajo = work posture.
    * proceso de trabajo = work process.
    * programa de formación en el trabajo = in-service training program(me).
    * programa de trabajo = work schedule.
    * programa de trabajo como interno residente = residency.
    * promoción en el trabajo = job promotion.
    * propuesta de trabajo = project proposal.
    * proyecto de trabajo = work project.
    * puente de trabajo = catwalk.
    * puesto de trabajo = appointment, position, post, opening, career path, professional position, position held.
    * puesto de trabajo de libre designación = line position.
    * puesto de trabajo ocupado = position held.
    * puestos de trabajo ocupados = positions held.
    * quitar puestos de trabajo = shed + jobs, axe + jobs, cut + jobs.
    * realizar el trabajo = get + Posesivo + work done.
    * realizar + Posesivo + trabajo = advance + Posesivo + work.
    * realizar un trabajo = perform + work, undertake + work.
    * realizar un trabajo monótono = have + Posesivo + nose to the grindstone.
    * red de trabajo = peer-to-peer network.
    * relacionado con el trabajo = job-related, work-related.
    * relación de trabajo = working relation, working relationship, work relationship, work relation.
    * relativo al trabajo = occupational.
    * rendimiento en el trabajo = work performance.
    * reunión de trabajo = business meeting, business session.
    * ropa de trabajo = work clothes.
    * rutina de trabajo = work process.
    * sala de trabajo = workroom.
    * salir del trabajo = clock off + work.
    * salud en el trabajo = occupational health.
    * satisfacción en el trabajo = job satisfaction, work satisfaction.
    * segregación en el trabajo = job segregation, employment segregation.
    * seguridad en el trabajo = safety at work, occupational safety.
    * sesión de trabajo = work session, working session.
    * sicología del trabajo = occupational psychology.
    * sin trabajo = jobless.
    * sobrecargado de trabajo = overworked.
    * sociología del trabajo = sociology of work.
    * soliciante de trabajo = job applicant.
    * solicitud de trabajo = job application.
    * superficie de trabajo = working surface, work surface.
    * taller de trabajo = workshop, study school.
    * taller de trabajo esclavo = sweatshop.
    * taller de trabajo sobre composición = writing workshop.
    * tener trabajo para rato = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.
    * tener un segundo trabajo = moonlight, work + a second job.
    * tener un trabajo = hold down + job.
    * tener un trabajo remunerado = be gainfully employed.
    * tener un trabajo retribuido = be gainfully employed.
    * tensión en el trabajo = job stress.
    * tensión producida por el trabajo = occupational stress.
    * terminar turno de trabajo = come off + duty.
    * toda una vida de trabajo = a lifetime of work.
    * tomarse excedencia en el trabajo = take + leave from + employment.
    * tomarse + Expresión Temporal + de permiso en el trabajo = take + Expresión Temporal + off, have + Expresión Temporal + off work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off, take + time out.
    * trabajo académico = academic work.
    * trabajo a destajo = piecework.
    * trabajo a distancia = telecommuting, teleworking, telework.
    * trabajo administrativo de apoyo = clerical work.
    * trabajo a medias = job share.
    * trabajo artesanal = craftsmanship.
    * trabajo a tiempo parcial = part-time work, part-time employment, part-time job.
    * trabajo atípico = atypical work.
    * trabajo autónomo = self-employment.
    * trabajo bibliográfico = bibliographic work.
    * trabajo bibliotecario = library work.
    * trabajo burocrático = paper-keeping.
    * trabajo científico = scientific work, scholarly work.
    * trabajo compartido = job sharing.
    * trabajo complicado = major exercise.
    * trabajo con documentación automatizada = computer-based information work.
    * trabajo conjunto = interworking.
    * trabajo con ordenador = computer work.
    * trabajo cotidiano = daily work.
    * trabajo creativo = creative work.
    * trabajo de alfabetización = literacy work.
    * trabajo de apoyo = escort work.
    * trabajo de calidad = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * trabajo de campo = fieldwork [field work].
    * trabajo de catalogación = cataloguing work.
    * trabajo de chinos = fiddly [fiddlier -comp., fiddliest -sup.].
    * trabajo de clase = term paper, coursework [course work], term project, homework.
    * trabajo de detective = sleuthing.
    * trabajo de escolta = escort work.
    * trabajo de impresión = bookwork.
    * trabajo de impresión de material efímero = ephemeral jobbing.
    * trabajo de información y de las bibliotecas = library and information work.
    * trabajo de investigación = investigative work, research paper, research work.
    * trabajo de la casa = housework.
    * trabajo de menores = child labour.
    * trabajo de poca monta = odd-job.
    * trabajo de préstamo de servicios = service job.
    * trabajo de referencia = reference work.
    * trabajo desinteresado = labour of love.
    * trabajo detectivesco = sleuthing.
    * trabajo de toda una vida = life's work, lifework.
    * trabajo diario = day's work, daily work.
    * trabajo doméstico = domestic duty, domestic work, domestic task.
    * trabajo duro = hard labour, thirsty work, hard work.
    * trabajo duro, mucho trabajo = hard graft.
    * trabajo editorial = editorship.
    * trabajo en archivística = archives work.
    * trabajo en colaboración = interworking.
    * trabajo en común = interworking.
    * trabajo en curso = work in progress.
    * trabajo en equipo = teamwork, collaborative teamwork, team management.
    * trabajo en red = networking.
    * trabajo en sucio = rough work.
    * trabajo entre manos, el = work at hand, the.
    * trabajo eventual = jobbing.
    * trabajo físico = physical work.
    * trabajo improductivo = busywork.
    * trabajo individual = independent study, self-study.
    * trabajo infantil = child labour, child work.
    * trabajo ininterrumpido = continuous work.
    * trabajo manual = craft, craft activity, handiwork, manual labour.
    * trabajo monótono = drudge work, drudgery.
    * trabajo + no faltar = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.
    * trabajo no remunerado = unpaid work, unremunerated work.
    * trabajo pesado = grind, grinding, donkey work.
    * trabajo por cuenta propia = self-employment.
    * trabajo por libre = freelance [free-lance].
    * trabajo por + Posesivo + cuenta = freelance [free-lance].
    * trabajo por turnos = shift work.
    * trabajo práctico = fieldwork [field work], practical work.
    * trabajo preliminar = groundwork, legwork, spadework [spade work].
    * trabajo previo = groundwork, spadework [spade work].
    * trabajo remunerado = work-for-hire, paid work, paid labour.
    * trabajo rutinario = chore, routine work, mundane task.
    * trabajos = life's work.
    * trabajos de impresión de material efímero = jobbing work.
    * trabajos de rescate = rescue work.
    * trabajos forzados = forced labour, hard labour.
    * trabajo social = social work.
    * trabajo sucio = dirty work.
    * trabajo sumergido = informal work.
    * trabajo temporal = temporary job, casual job.
    * trabajo urgente = hurried work, rush job.
    * trabajo y esfuerzo = toil and trouble.
    * turno de trabajo de atención al usuario = desk duty.
    * un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.
    * uso compartido de mesas de trabajo = hot desking.
    * útil de trabajo = tool.
    * vida en el trabajo = job life.
    * visita de trabajo = field trip.

    trabajo2
    2 = assignment, student paper, work, project work, term project.

    Ex: The problems and assignments presented are real problems and assignments, and the people involved are real people, all suitably disguised to protect their identity.

    Ex: 5 data collection instruments were used: printouts of data base searches executed by students; a questionnaire; bibliographies from student papers; serial holdings of the university library; and interviews with instructors.
    Ex: An authority entry is an entry for which the initial element is the uniform heading for a person, corporate body, or work, as established by the cataloguing agency responsible.
    Ex: For instance, if children are doing a project work on dogs, they will hunt out anything and everything that so much as mentions them and the bits thus mined are assiduously transcribed into project folders.
    Ex: In 1994, 21 students on an introductory course on communication processes completed analyses of 14 different electronic lists or newsgroups as their term projects.
    * impresor de pequeños trabajos = jobbing house, jobbing office, jobbing printer.
    * mesa de trabajo = writing desk, work desk.
    * preparar un trabajo de clase = research + paper.
    * trabajo de clase = essay assignment, class assignment, course assignment, student assignment, written assignment.
    * trabajo de lectura obligatoria = a must-read.
    * trabajo de restauración = restoration work.
    * trabajo editado = published work.
    * trabajo escolar = school work [schoolwork].
    * trabajo impreso = printed work.
    * trabajo publicado = published work.
    * trabajos de clase = classroom asignment.
    * un trabajo cuqlquiera = casual job.

    * * *
    A
    1
    (empleo): conseguir trabajo to get o find work
    consiguió un trabajo muy bien pagado he got himself a very well-paid job
    hay dos trabajos interesantes en el periódico de hoy there are two interesting vacancies o jobs in today's paper
    se fue a la capital a buscar trabajo he went to the capital to look for work o for a job
    se quedó sin trabajo she lost her job, she was made redundant, she was let go ( AmE)
    no tiene trabajo fijo he doesn't have a steady job
    buscaba trabajo de jornada completa or a tiempo completo or de tiempo completo I was looking for full-time work o for a full-time job
    2 (lugar) work
    está en el trabajo she's at work
    ir al trabajo to go to work
    llámame al trabajo give me a call at work
    la estación queda cerca de mi trabajo the station's close to where I work
    Compuesto:
    work-sharing
    B (actividad, labor) work
    trabajo intelectual intellectual work o brainwork
    su capacidad de trabajo es enorme he has an enormous capacity for work
    la máquina hace el trabajo de cinco personas the machine does the work of five people
    requiere años de trabajo it takes years of work
    todo nuestro trabajo ha sido en vano all our work has been in vain
    es un trabajo especializado/de precisión it's specialized/precision work
    me tocó a mí hacer todo el trabajo I ended up doing all the work, I got stuck o ( BrE) landed with all the work ( colloq)
    hoy no puedo, tengo mucho trabajo I can't today, I have o I've got a lot of work to do
    tengo mucho trabajo acumulado I have a huge backlog of work to do
    este bordado tiene mucho trabajo a lot of work has gone into this embroidery
    ¡buen trabajo! te felicito nice work! well done
    fue premiado por su trabajo en esa película he was given an award for his performance in that movie
    hacer un trabajo de zapa to work o scheme behind the scenes
    le he estado haciendo un trabajo de trabajo y ya lo tengo en el bote I've been quietly working on him o softening him up and now I've got him right where I want him
    Compuestos:
    piece work
    agricultural work
    (CS) work to rule
    fieldwork
    fiddly o laborious job
    labor*
    work experience
    assembly-line work
    mpl hard labor*
    mpl handicrafts (pl)
    social work
    voluntary o ( AmE) volunteer work
    C
    1 (tarea, obra) job
    es un trabajo que no lo puede hacer cualquiera it's not a job that just anyone can do
    limpiar el horno es un trabajo que odio cleaning the oven is a job o chore I hate
    la satisfacción de un trabajo bien hecho the satisfaction of a job well done
    me cobró un dineral por un par de trabajos he charged me a fortune for doing a couple of little jobs o tasks
    2 (obra escrita) piece of work
    un trabajo bien documentado a well-documented piece of work
    estoy haciendo un trabajo sobre Lorca I'm doing a paper/an essay on Lorca
    D
    (esfuerzo): con mucho trabajo consiguió levantarse with great effort she managed to get up
    nos dio mucho trabajo pintarlo painting it was hard work o took a lot of work
    los niños dan mucho trabajo children are hard work o a lot of work
    me cuesta trabajo creerlo I find it hard to believe
    nos costó trabajo convencerla de que viniera we had a hard time persuading her to come
    se tomó/dio el trabajo de venir a buscarme she took the trouble to come and pick me up
    puedes ahorrarte el trabajo de ir hasta allá you can save yourself the trouble o bother of going all the way over there
    E ( Econ) labor*
    el capital y el trabajo capital and labor
    F ( Fís) work
    * * *

     

    Del verbo trabajar: ( conjugate trabajar)

    trabajo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    trabajó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    trabajar    
    trabajo
    trabajar ( conjugate trabajar) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en general) to work;

    trabajo jornada completa or a tiempo completo to work full-time;
    trabajo media jornada to work part-time;
    trabajo mucho to work hard;
    ¿en qué trabajas? what do you do (for a living)?;
    estoy trabajando en una novela I'm working on a novel;
    trabajo DE or COMO algo to work as sth
    2 ( actuar) to act, perform;
    ¿quién trabaja en la película who's in the movie?

    verbo transitivo
    1
    a)campo/tierra/madera to work


    2 (perfeccionar, pulir) to work on
    trabajo sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( empleo) job;

    buscar trabajo to look for work o for a job;

    quedarse sin trabajo to lose one's job;
    un trabajo fijo a steady job;
    un trabajo de media jornada a part-time job;
    un trabajo de jornada completa or a tiempo completo a full-time job
    b) ( lugar) work;


    ir al trabajo to go to work
    2 (actividad, labor) work;

    el trabajo de la casa housework;
    los niños dan mucho trabajo children are hard work;
    ¡buen trabajo! well done!;
    trabajo de campo fieldwork;
    trabajos forzados hard labor( conjugate labor);
    trabajos manuales handicrafts (pl);
    trabajo voluntario voluntary o (AmE) volunteer work
    3
    a) ( tarea) job;



    (en universidad, escuela) essay
    4 ( esfuerzo):

    me cuesta trabajo creerlo I find it hard to believe
    trabajar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to work: trabaja de secretaria, she works as a secretary
    trabaja en los astilleros, she works in the shipyard
    trabaja bien, he's a good worker
    2 Cine (actuar) to act: en esta película trabaja mi actriz favorita, my favourite actress is in this movie
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (pulir, ejercitar, estudiar) to work on: tienes que trabajar más el estilo, you have to work on your style
    2 (la madera) to work
    (un metal) to work
    (la tierra) to work, till
    (cuero) to emboss
    2 (comerciar) to trade, sell: nosotros no trabajamos ese artículo, we don't stock that item
    trabajo sustantivo masculino
    1 work: hoy tengo poco trabajo, I have little work today
    2 (empleo) job: no tiene trabajo, he is unemployed
    3 (esfuerzo) work, effort: nos costó mucho trabajo hacerlo, it was hard to do it
    4 Educ (sobre un tema) paper
    (de manualidades) craft work
    5 (tarea) task
    un trabajo de chinos, a laborious job
    ' trabajo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarcar
    - abundancia
    - actual
    - adicta
    - adicto
    - afanosa
    - afanoso
    - agencia
    - agobiada
    - agobiado
    - agobiante
    - antigüedad
    - ascender
    - asquerosidad
    - aterrizar
    - balde
    - bestialidad
    - bicoca
    - bolsa
    - bordar
    - buscar
    - cadena
    - calendario
    - calle
    - cambiar
    - campo
    - capear
    - cara
    - cargada
    - cargado
    - caterva
    - chapucera
    - chapucero
    - chapuza
    - chollo
    - colocarse
    - como
    - condición
    - condicionamiento
    - construcción
    - cuanta
    - cuanto
    - cubierta
    - cubierto
    - dar
    - dejar
    - desbandada
    - descansada
    - descansado
    - descargar
    English:
    abandon
    - acclaim
    - actual
    - allocation
    - ambivalent
    - anxiety
    - apathetic
    - application
    - apply
    - apply for
    - apprentice
    - arm-twisting
    - artwork
    - assignment
    - at
    - attack
    - backlog
    - backup
    - barrel
    - be-all and end-all
    - begrudge
    - better
    - blouse
    - blue
    - board
    - bog down
    - boiler suit
    - book
    - botch
    - bother
    - bread-and-butter
    - bulk
    - burn out
    - bury
    - busywork
    - by
    - capacity
    - careless
    - carry over
    - casual
    - catch up
    - chapter
    - choose
    - chuck in
    - clerical
    - collaboration
    - colleague
    - comedown
    - commute
    - commuter
    * * *
    1. [tarea, actividad, práctica] work;
    tengo mucho trabajo que hacer I've got a lot of work to do;
    una casa tan grande da mucho trabajo a big house like that is a lot of work;
    uno de los últimos trabajos de Diego Rivera one of Diego Rivera's last works;
    recibió un Óscar por su trabajo en “Cabaret” she received an Oscar for (her performance in) “Cabaret”;
    ¡buen trabajo! good work!;
    hacer un buen trabajo to do a good job;
    ser un trabajo de chinos [minucioso] to be a fiddly o finicky job;
    [pesado] to be hard work trabajo de campo fieldwork;
    trabajo de o en equipo teamwork;
    trabajo físico physical work, manual labour;
    trabajos forzados o forzosos hard labour;
    trabajo intelectual intellectual work;
    trabajo manual manual labour;
    trabajos manuales [en el colegio] arts and crafts;
    trabajo de oficina office job;
    trabajo remunerado paid work;
    trabajo social social work;
    trabajo sucio dirty work;
    trabajo temporal temporary work;
    trabajo por turnos shiftwork;
    trabajo voluntario voluntary work
    2. [empleo] job;
    buscar/encontrar trabajo to look for/find work o a job;
    no tener trabajo, estar sin trabajo to be out of work;
    me he quedado sin trabajo I've been left without a job, I'm out of work;
    tener un trabajo fijo to have a permanent job
    3. [lugar] work;
    en el trabajo at work;
    ir al trabajo to go to work;
    ¿quieres que pase a recogerte al trabajo? do you want me to pick you up from work?
    4. [escrito] [por estudiante] essay, paper;
    hacer un trabajo sobre algo/alguien to write an essay on sth/sb
    5. [esfuerzo] effort;
    lograron sacar el armario con mucho trabajo they managed to remove the wardrobe, but not without a lot of effort o but it was no easy task;
    costar mucho trabajo (a alguien) to take (sb) a lot of effort;
    me cuesta mucho trabajo levantarme por las mañanas I find it a real struggle getting up in the morning;
    cuesta trabajo admitir que uno se ha equivocado it's not easy to admit that you're wrong;
    tomarse el trabajo de hacer algo to go to o take the trouble of doing sth
    6. Econ & Pol labour
    7. Fís work
    8. Literario
    trabajos [apuros] hardships;
    pasar trabajos to suffer hardships
    * * *
    m work; ( tarea, puesto) job;
    buscar trabajo be looking for work, be looking for a job;
    tengo un buen trabajo I have a good job;
    costar trabajo be hard o difficult;
    tomarse el trabajo de take the trouble to
    * * *
    1) : work, job
    2) labor: labor, work
    tengo mucho trabajo: I have a lot of work to do
    3) tarea: task
    4) esfuerza: effort
    5)
    costar trabajo : to be difficult
    6)
    tomarse el trabajo : to take the trouble
    7)
    trabajo en equipo : teamwork
    8) trabajos nmpl
    : hardships, difficulties
    * * *
    1. (actividad, esfuerzo) work
    2. (empleo, tarea) job
    3. (lugar) work
    4. (redacción) essay / project

    Spanish-English dictionary > trabajo

  • 109 σθένος

    A strength, might, esp. bodily strength, freq. in Il., less freq. in Od.;

    κάρτεΐ τε σθένεΐ τε Il.17.329

    ; ἀλκῆς καὶ σθένεος ib. 499;

    χερσίν τε ποσίν τε καὶ σθένει 20.361

    ; ποδῶν χειρῶν τε ς. Pi.N.10.48; opp. φρήν, ib.1.26;

    γνῶμαι πλέον κρατοῦσιν ἢ σθένος χερῶν S.Fr. 939

    : c.inf., ἐν δὲ σ. ὦρσεν ἑκάστῳ.. πολεμίζειν strength to war, Il.2.451;

    σ. ποιεῖν εὖ φερέγγυον A.Eu.87

    ;

    σ. ὥστε καθελεῖν E.Supp.66

    (lyr.): less freq. of the force of things, as of a stream, Il.17.751;

    σ. ἀελίου Pi.P.4.144

    ; [

    ἄρουραι] σθένος ἔμαρψαν Id.N.6.11

    : σθένει by force, S.OC 842 (lyr.), E.Ba. 953; λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει both by right and might, S. OC68;

    ὑπὸ σθένους E.Ba. 1127

    ; παντὶ σθένει with all one's might, freq. in treaties, SIG122.6, al., Foed. ap. Th.5.23, Pl.Lg. 646a—the only phrase in which early prose writers use the word (cf. infr. 111); found in LXX, Jb.4.10, al.
    2 later, generally, strength, might, power, moral as well as physical,

    ἀνάγκης A.Pr. 105

    ;

    τῆς ἀληθείας S.OT 369

    ; ἀγγέλων ς. their might or authority, A.Ch. 849: c. gen. obj., ἀγωνίας ς. strength for conflict, Pi.P.5.113 (s.v.l., - ίαις Bgk.); εἰ σ. λάβοιμι if I should gain strength enough, S.El. 333, cf. 348, etc.
    II a force of men, Il.18.274; ἐπελθὼν οὐκ ἐλάσσονι ς. S.Aj. 438: but in both places sense 1.1 is more prob.
    2 metaph., quantity, profusion,

    σ. πλούτου Pi.I.3.2

    ; ὕδατος, νιφετοῦ, Id.O.9.51, Fr.107.11.
    III periphr., like βίη, ἴς, μένος, σ. Ἰδομενῆος, Ὠρίωνος, Ὠαρίωνος, etc., for Idomeneus, Orion, etc. themselves, Il.13.248, 18.486, Hes.Op. 598, etc.; σ. ἵππων, ἵππιον, Id.Sc.97, Pi.P.2.12, etc.:—in Pl. Phdr. 267c, Χαλκηδονίου ς. is ironical.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σθένος

  • 110 κατά

    κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).
    A. w. the gen.
    of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.
    of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).
    extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.
    down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.
    w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.
    in a hostile sense, against
    α. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6
    β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).
    γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.
    B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])
    of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.
    of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.
    of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).
    of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.
    marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)
    in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).
    with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).
    distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.
    marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)
    w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.
    περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.
    marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).
    marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to
    to introduce the norm which governs someth.
    α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.
    β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.
    γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).
    δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.
    as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).
    α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in general
    β. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).
    denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.
    Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions as
    an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.
    a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.
    a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κατά

  • 111 οὐ

    1
    οὐ (Hom.+; s. Schwyzer II 591–94) objective (as opp. to subjective μή) negative adv., denying the reality of an alleged fact; in the NT used w. the ind. (μή serves as the neg. for the other moods, including inf. and ptc.—w. certain exceptions, which will be discussed below. S. B-D-F §426; Rob. 1168f; Mlt-Turner 281f). Before vowels w. the smooth breathing it takes the form οὐκ; before those w. the rough breathing it is οὐχ; in the mss. this rule is freq. disregarded (W-S. §5, 10bc; B-D-F §14; Rob. 224). On its use s. B-D-F §426–33; Rdm.2 p. 210ff; Rob. 1155–66.
    a negative response to a question or statement, as accented form, οὔ: no Mt 13:29 (Schwyzer II 596f); J 1:21; 7:12; 21:5. ἤτω ὑμῶν τὸ οὒ οὔ let your ‘no’ be ‘no’ Js 5:12. Doubled for emphasis (s. ναί e.—οὒ οὔ Nicetas Eugen. 5, 76 H. Likew. μὴ μή=no, no! [Herodas 3, 71; Meleager, I B.C., in Anth. Pal. 12, 80, 3; Psellus p. 268, 15 μὴ μὴ μάγιστρε]) Mt 5:37; 2 Cor 1:17ff. On οὐ μὲν οὖν s. οὐμενοῦν.
    marker of negative propositions, not
    used to negative single words or clauses (Ar. 13, 7 μῦθοί εἰσι καὶ οὐκ ἄλλο τι; Just., A II, 2, 2 οὐ σωφρόνως; Tat. 5, 1 οὐ κατὰ ἀποκοπήν;—as earlier Gk.: Hom. et al.; s. Kühner-G. II, 182; Schwyzer II 593f)
    α. οὐ πᾶς not every one Mt 7:21. οὐ πάντες 19:11; Ro 9:6; 10:16. πάντες οὐ κοιμηθησόμεθα we shall not all fall asleep 1 Cor 15:51 (s. JBurn, ET, 1926, 236f; POppenheim, TQ 112, ’31, 92–135; AVaccari, Biblica 13, ’32, 73–76; B-D-F §433, 2; Rob. 753). Likew. transposed διατί πάντες οὐ μετενόησαν; why have not all repented? Hs 8, 6, 2. οὐ πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Cor 15:39. οὐ πάντως Ro 3:9; 1 Cor 5:10.—καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου λαόν μου those who were not my people I will call my people Ro 9:25a (Hos 2:25b); cp. 1 Pt 2:10. οὐκ ἔθνος no nation at all Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21).
    β. freq. in litotes (cp. Lysias 13, 62 εἰ μὲν οὐ πολλοὶ ἦσαν Tat. 3, 2) οὐ πολλοί, πολλαί J 2:12; Ac 1:5 (οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ἡμέρας = μετʼ οὐ πολλ. ἡμ.; cp. οὐκ ἐξ ὄντων = ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων 2 Macc 7:28). οὐκ ὀλίγος, ὀλίγη, ὀλίγοι, ὀλίγαι Ac 17:4, 12; 19:23f; 27:20. οὐκ ἄσημος 21:39. οὐχ ἁγνῶς Phil 1:17. οὐ μετρίως Ac 20:12. οὐκ ἐκ μέτρου J 3:34. μετʼ οὐ πολύ soon (afterward) Ac 27:14 S. also δ below.
    γ. not in a contrast τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις Col 3:23. τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως 1 Cor 9:26.
    δ. as a periphrasis for some concepts expressed by verbs: οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν know quite well 2 Cor 2:11. οὐκ ἐᾶν prevent Ac 16:7 (cp. Il. 2, 132); 19:30. οὐκ ἔχειν be in need Mt 13:12; Mk 4:25 (on these two pass. s. Schwyzer II 593, w. ref. to Kühner-G. II 189–92; contrast the use of μή in Lk 8:18). οὐ θέλειν refuse 2 Th 3:10. οὐ πταίειν Js 3:2. οὐχ ὑπακούειν be disobedient 2 Th 3:14. οὐ φιλεῖν be unfriendly to, disesteem 1 Cor 16:22.
    used sometimes w. the ptc. From a above are derived the points under which this is done, contrary to the rule given at beg. of entry. In addition, it is prob. that in individual cases earlier literary influence is still at work (for earlier Gk. s. Kühner-G. II 198–203. μή suggests contingency).—B-D-F §430; Mlt. 231f (w. pap exx.; cp. Just., A I, 33, 4 οὐ συνουσιασθεῖσαν τὴν παρθένον; 67, 5 τοῖς οὐ παροῦσι al.); Rdm.2 212; Mlt-Turner 284f.
    α. to negative a single concept: πράγματα οὐ βλεπόμενα things not seen Hb 11:1. οὐχ ὁ τυχών extraordinary Ac 19:11; 28:2 (cp. Com. Att. Fgm. III 442 no. 178 οὐδὲ τοῖς τυχοῦσι). θλιβόμενοι ἀλλʼ, οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι 2 Cor 4:8; cp. vs. 9.
    β. in strong emphasis or contrast: ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένον ἔνδυμα γάμου (emphasizing the fact that his dress was improper) Mt 22:11. οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν (emphasizing the great heroism of their act) Hb 11:35. οὐ βλέπων Lk 6:42. οὐκ ἰδόντες 1 Pt 1:8. οὐκ ὄντος αὐτῷ τέκνου Ac 7:5.—Contrast: Ac 28:19. τότε μὲν οὐκ εἰδότες θεὸν … νῦν δέ Gal 4:8. καὶ οὐ introducing a contrast is also used w. the ptc. καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες Phil 3:3. καὶ οὐ κρατῶν Col 2:19. ὁ μισθωτὸς καὶ οὐκ ὢν ποιμήν J 10:12.
    γ. In quotations fr. the LXX in the NT we notice the tendency of the OT translators regularly to render לֹא w. the ptc. by οὐ: ἡ οὐ τίκτουσα, ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην Ro 9:25b (Hos 2:25a). οἱ οὐκ ἠλεημένοι 1 Pt 2:10 (Hos 1:6).
    δ. τὰ οὐκ ἀνήκοντα Eph 5:4 v.l. is presumably a mingling of τὰ μὴ ἀνήκοντα and (the rdg. in the text itself) ἃ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν (as early as P46).
    in main clauses
    α. in simple statements w. the indic. οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτήν Mt 1:25. οὐ δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 6:24. οὐκ ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια Mk 1:34. οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τέκνον Lk 1:7. οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν Ac 1:7. οὐ γάρ ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Ro 1:16 and very oft. οὐ γάρ σου ἠκούσαμέν ποτε AcPlCor 1:14.
    β. used to negative the prohibitive future (Hebr. לֹא w. the impf.—Synes., Ep. 67 p. 211b οὐκ ἀγνοήσεις) οὐ φονεύσεις Mt 5:21; cp. vs. 27; Mt 19:18; Ro 7:7; 13:9 (all commandments fr. the Decalogue: Ex 20:13–17; Dt 5:17–21). Also οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις Mt 5:33. οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις κύριον Lk 4:12 (Dt 6:16); Ac 23:5 (Ex 22:27); 1 Cor 9:9 (Dt 25:4).—Mt 6:5.
    in subordinate clauses
    α. in relative clauses w. indic. (in the NT, μή is found in such clauses only Tit 1:11; 2 Pt 1:9; 1J 4:3 [but s. B-D-F §428, 4 and Rob. 1158]; Ac 15:29 D; Col 2:18 v.l.): Mt 10:38; 12:2; Mk 4:25 (s. 2aδ above) Lk 6:2; J 6:64; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15); Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26) al.
    β. in declarative clauses w. ὅτι, likew. in temporal and causal clauses w. ind.: ὅτι οὐ J 5:42; 1 Th 2:1. ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριοτός 1J 2:22 (on the negative here s. ἀρνέομαι 2).—ἐπει οὐ Lk 1:34. ὅτε οὐ 2 Ti 4:3.—εἰ οὐ w. indic.: εἰ οὐ δώσει αὐτῷ Lk 11:8; cp. ὅστις (ὸ̔ς) οὐκ ἔχει Mt 13:12 and Mk 4:25=ὸ̔ς ἂν μὴ ἔχει Lk 8:18 (Schwyzer II 593). εἰ ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ πιστοὶ οὐκ ἐγένεσθε 16:12; Mk 11:26; Lk 18:4; J 1:25; 10:37; Ro 8:9b; 11:21; Hb 12:25.—Once actually in a contrary-to-fact condition: καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη Mt 26:24=Mk 14:21=1 Cl 46:8 (B-D-F §428, 2; Rob. 1160; Mlt-Turner 284).
    in combination w. other negatives, strengthening the negation (Mel. Chor. Adesp., Fgm. no. 11 Diehl2 [’42] οὐ μήποτε τὰν ἀρετὰν ἀλλάξομαι ἀντʼ ἀδίκου κέρδεος ‘I shall never exchange virtue for unjust gain’; GrBar 13:3 οὐκ … οὐδέν; Just., D. 26, 1) Mt 22:16; Mk 5:37; Lk 4:2; 23:53 (οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω); J 6:63; 11:49; 12:19; 15:5; Ac 8:39; 2 Cor 11:9. οὐ μηκέτι (s. μηκέτι fα) Mt 21:19 v.l. For use in questions s. 3 below.
    α. On the combination of οὐ and μή s. μή 4.
    β. The combining of οὐδέ and οὐ μή to form οὐδʼ οὐ μή instead of οὐδὲ μή is a late development (a barbarism?; B-D-F §431, 3; Rob. 1175; Mlt-Turner 286.—Prayer to the god Socnopaeus: Mitt-Wilck I/2, 122, 2ff εἰ οὐ δίδοταί μοι συμβιῶσαι Ταπεθεῦτι Μαρρείους οὐδʼ οὐ μὴ γένηται ἄλλου γυνή [Rdm.2 211f]; LXX) Mt 24:21. οὐ μή σε ἀνῶ οὐδʼ οὐ μή σε ἐγκαταλίπω Hb 13:5 (Dt 31:6 A, 8 A οὐδ οὐ μή; 1 Ch 28:20 A).—οὐδὲν … οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσει instead of οὐδὲν … μὴ … Lk 10:19. οὐδὲν οὐ μὴ λήψῃ Hm 9:5.
    w. one of two clauses that are either coordinate or contrasted.
    α. οὐ … ἀλλά s. ἀλλά 1ab.—1 Th 2:4 the οὐ w. the ptc. is prob. to be explained under this head (s. 3 above).
    β. οὐ …, … δέ Ac 12:9, 14; Hb 4:13, 15.
    γ. …, ἀλλʼ οὐ looking back upon a ‘to be sure’ 1 Cor 10:5, 23.
    δ. οὐ μόνον, ἀλλὰ (καί) s. μόνος 2c.
    ε. οὐ … εἰ μή s. εἰ 6i.
    marker of expectation of an affirmative answer, not so?
    to a direct question (Hom. et al.):
    α. do … not? does … not? (B-D-F §427, 2; Rob. 917): οὐκ ἀκούεις, πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν; you hear, do you not …? Mt 27:13. οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν; 6:26. Cp. vs. 30. ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν οὐ τελεῖ δίδραχμα; your teacher pays the two-drachma tax, does he not? Mt 17:24.—Mk 6:3; 7:18; 12:24; Lk 11:40; J 4:35; 6:70; 7:25; Ac 9:21 and oft. οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα; does it make no difference to you that we are perishing? Mk 4:38. In a related sense
    β. destroying the force of the negation (cp. Hdt. et al.; Schwyzer II 598): Ac 4:20; 1 Cor 12:15 (B-D-F §431, 1; Rob. 1164).—In questions, if the verb itself is already negatived (by οὐ), the negation can be invalidated by the interrogative particle μή (s. μή 3a), which expects the answer ‘no’, so that the stage is set for an affirmative answer (Aesop, Fab. 374 P.=404aH. μὴ οὐκ ἔστι χλόη;=certainly there is grass, is there not?) μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν; surely they have heard, have they not? Ro 10:18; cp. vs. 19. μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν; we have the right, do we not? 1 Cor 9:4; cp. vs. 5. μὴ οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε; you have houses, do you not? 11:22.
    to a question expressed impatiently in the second pers. of the fut. indic. and functioning as an imperative οὐ παύσῃ;=παῦσαι! will you not stop? = stop! Ac 13:10.—DELG. M-M.
    2
    οὐ μεν οὖν (so Aristoph., Plu. 870, Ran. 556; 1188; also οὐμενοῦν Paus. 1, 21, 1) adv. (Aristoph., Pla. et al.; incl. Luc., Jupp. Tr. 35 twice.—Kühner=G. II 158) a marker introducing a negative statement in contradiction of discourse that precedes, not at all, by no means (expressing a strong negation to a question) Dg 7:4.
    3
    οὐ μή s. μή 4.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > οὐ

  • 112 kafa

    "1. head. 2. mind, mental attitude. 3. intelligence. 4. a large marble, shoooter. - ya almak slang 1. /ı/ to silence (a bothersome person). 2. to find the right person (to do a job). -sı almamak /ı/ 1. not to be able to understand. 2. to be too tired to understand. 3. not to be able to believe. -dan atmak to make up something and try to pass it off as the truth. - boşluğu cranial cavity, cavum cranii. -sı bozulmak colloq. to blow one´s top, get angry. -sı bulanmak to get confused. -yı bulmak slang to be pleasantly tipsy (from drink). -sı çalışmak to be on the ball. -yı çekmek colloq. to do some serious drinking, Brit. have a booze-up. -sından çıkarmak /ı/ to put (an idea) out of one´s head. -sına dank etmek/demek to dawn on one at last. - değiştirmek to change one´s mind; to change one´s way of thinking. - dengi 1. kindred spirit. 2. (someone) who is a kindred spirit, like-minded. -sının dikine gitmek to go one´s own way, do as one pleases. -sı dinç olmak to feel fresh and alert. -sı dönmek 1. to be confused and perplexed. 2. to feel dizzy. -sı dumanlı 1. tipsy, tight. 2. tired and confused. -sı durmak to be too tired to think. -dan gayri müsellah colloq. nutty, not quite right in the head. -sına girmek /ın/ 1. to make good sense, seem to be right (to). 2. to comprehend, understand. - göz yarmak to be awkward and unskillful. - işçisi white-collar worker. -sı işlemek to be on the ball. -sı izinli olmak slang for one´s mind to be elsewhere; to wool-gather. - kafaya vermek to put their heads together. - kalmamak /da/ to be so worn out one can´t think. -sı karışmak (for someone) to get confused. -sını kaşıyacak vakti olmamak to be too busy to think, not to have time to turn around. -sı kazan (gibi) olmak for one´s head to be ringing (from noise); to feel fuddled (after a lot of mental effort). -sını kızdırmak /ın/ to make (someone´s) blood boil. -sı kızmak to get angry. -dan kontak colloq. cracked, nutty, touched in the head. -sına koymak /ı/ to get hold of (some idea); to take it into one´s head (to do something). -sını kullanmak to use one´s head. -sını kurcalamak /ın/ to make (one) think. - patlatmak to do a lot of hard mental work. -dan sakat colloq. cracked, nutty, touched in the head. - sallamak to rubber-stamp everything, be a yes-man. -sına sığmamak not to be able to comprehend. -sında şimşek çakmak to get a sudden inspiration. - şişirmek (for noise, a complicated problem) to drive one crazy, make one unable to think straight. -sı şişmek for one´s head to be ringing (from noise); to feel fuddled (after a lot of mental effort). -sına takılıp kalmak to stick in one´s mind, not to leave one´s mind. -sı taşa çarpmak to learn something the hard way. -sını taştan taşa çarpmak/vurmak 1. to regret bitterly a lost opportunity. 2. to feel very remorseful. - tutmak /a/ to defy; to oppose challengingly. -yı tütsülemek slang to get tight, get tipsy. - ütülemek slang to talk someone to death, talk someone´s ear off. -sına vur, ekmeğini elinden al. colloq. He is so meek you can walk all over him. -sına vura vura by force. -sına vurmak (for drink) to go to one´s head. -sını vurmak /ın/ to behead. -yı (yere) vurmak 1. to hit the sack, hit the hay. 2. to take to one´s bed, get laid up (owing to illness). - vuruşu soccer header. - yağı slang sperm, semen. -sı yerinde olmamak to wool-gather; for one´s mind to be elsewhere. -sı yerine gelmek to come back to earth; to start thinking straight again. - yormak to ponder, think hard, rack one´s brains."

    Saja Türkçe - İngilizce Sözlük > kafa

  • 113 dabei

    Adv.
    1. with it; (nahe) near-by, close by; ein Haus mit Garten dabei a house with a garden; dabei sein (anwesend sein) be there; (teilnehmen) take part (in it); (mit ansehen) see it; darf ich dabei sein? can I come too?; (teilnehmen) can I join in?; ich bin dabei! (you can) count me in!, I’m game!; er muss immer dabei sein he’s got to be in on everything; ist ein Brief für mich dabei? is there a letter for me there?; es war ziemlich viel Glück dabei I was etc. pretty lucky there; ein bisschen Risiko ist immer dabei there’s always an element of risk
    2. (im Begriff): dabei, etw. zu tun just doing s.th., in the middle of doing s.th.; (kurz davor) about ( oder going) to do s.th., on the point of doing s.th.; ich war gerade dabei zu packen I was just packing; tu das endlich! - ja, ja, ich bin ja schon dabei! umg. alright, alright, I’m doing it!
    3. (gleichzeitig) at the same time, while doing so; sie strickt und liest dabei she knits and reads at the same time; er aß und sah mich dabei fragend an while he ate, he gave me a questioning look
    4. (überdies) besides, what is more; sie ist hübsch und dabei auch noch klug auch she’s attractive and intelligent into the bargain (Am. intelligent to boot)
    5. (dennoch) nevertheless, yet, for all that, at the same time; und dabei ist er doch schon alt and he’s an old man, after all; er ist streng und dabei sehr fair he’s strict but very fair
    6. (obwohl) although, even though; er schenkte es mir, dabei hatte ich es gar nicht verlangt he gave it to me although I hadn’t even asked for it; jetzt schreibt sie immer noch, dabei könnte sie schon längst fertig sein she’s still writing, even though she could have been finished ages ago; dabei hätten wir gewinnen können to think we could have won; dabei macht man sich gar keinen Begriff, wie schwierig es ist but people have no idea how hard it is; sie suchte danach, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand she was looking for it and he had it in his hand all the time
    7. (bei dieser Gelegenheit) on the occasion, then; (während) while, in the process; (dadurch) as a result; jemanden dabei ertappen oder erwischen, wie er... catch s.o. red-handed as he...; dabei kam es zu einer heftigen Auseinandersetzung this gave rise to ( oder resulted in) a heated argument; dabei fällt mir ein:... talking of which:...; alle dabei entstehenden Kosten all resulting costs; man könnte verrückt werden dabei it’s enough to drive you mad
    8. (bei dieser Handlung, Angelegenheit) about it; das Schwierige dabei ist,... the difficult thing about it is...; es kommt nichts dabei heraus umg. it’s no use, it’s not worth it; dabei dürfen wir nicht vergessen here we must not forget; mir ist gar nicht wohl dabei I don’t feel too good about it; ich dachte mir nichts Böses dabei I meant no harm; ich dachte mir nichts dabei (zu + Inf.) I thought nothing of it (of + Ger.); (bei einer Bemerkung) I didn’t mean anything by it; was hast du dir eigentlich dabei gedacht? what on earth made you do ( oder say etc.) that?; weitS. whatever possessed you?; ich finde nichts dabei I don’t see any harm in it; was ist schon dabei? umg. so what?; was ist schon dabei, wenn...? what difference does it make if...?, what harm does it do if...?; da ist doch nichts dabei umg. (ist nicht schwer) that’s child’s play, there’s nothing to it; (ist nicht bedenklich) it’s nothing to worry about; (schadet nichts) it can’t do any harm; (ist nicht gefährlich) it’s perfectly safe
    9. abschließend: ich bleibe dabei I’m not changing my mind; und ich bleibe dabei, in X ist es am schönsten I’m still convinced X is the most beautiful place in the world; du kommst mit, und dabei bleibt’s umg. you’re coming with us, and that’s that; dabei blieb’s umg. (and) that was the end of that; lassen wir es dabei let’s leave it at that
    * * *
    by; thereby; with it
    * * *
    da|bei [da'bai] (emph) ['daːbai]
    adv
    1) (örtlich) with it; (bei Gruppe von Menschen, Dingen) there

    ein Häuschen mit einem Garten dabéí — a little house with a garden (attached to it or attached)

    ist die Lösung dabéí? — is the solution given (there)?

    nahe dabéí — nearby

    2) (zeitlich) (= gleichzeitig) at the same time; (= währenddessen, wodurch) in the course of this

    er aß weiter und blätterte dabéí in dem Buch — he went on eating, leafing through the book as he did so or at the same time

    warum arbeiten Sie im Stehen? Sie können doch auch dabéí sitzen — why are you working standing up? you can sit down while you're doing it

    dabéí wurden drei Kinder verletzt —

    ... orkanartige Winde dabéí kam es zu schweren Schäden —... gale-force winds, which have resulted in serious damage

    3) (= außerdem) as well, into the bargain (inf), with it (inf)

    sie ist schön und dabéí auch noch klug — she's pretty, and clever as well

    4) (wenn, während man etw tut) in the process; ertappen, erwischen at it

    er wollte helfen und wurde dabéí selbst verletzt — he wanted to help and got injured in the process or (in) doing so or while he was about it (inf)

    du warst bei einem Jugendtreffen? hast du denn dabéí etwas gelernt? — you were at a youth meeting? did you learn anything there or from it?

    dabéí darf man nicht vergessen, dass... — it shouldn't be forgotten that...; (Einschränkung eines Arguments) it should not be forgotten here that...

    die dabéí entstehenden Kosten — the expenses arising from this/that

    als er das tat, hat er dabéí... — when he did that he...

    wenn man das tut, muss man dabéí... — when you do that you have to...

    wir haben ihn dabéí ertappt, wie er über den Zaun stieg — we caught him in the act of climbing over the fence

    5)

    (= in dieser Angelegenheit) das Schwierigste dabéí — the most difficult part of it

    wichtig dabéí ist... — the important thing here or about it is...

    mir ist nicht ganz wohl dabéí — I don't really feel happy about it

    dabéí kann man viel Geld verdienen — there's a lot of money in that

    er hat dabéí einen Fehler gemacht — he's made a mistake

    sie hat sich dabéí sehr dumm benommen — she behaved very stupidly

    es kommt doch nichts dabéí heraus — nothing will come of it

    6) (einräumend = doch) (and) yet

    er hat mich geschlagen, dabéí hatte ich gar nichts gemacht — he hit me and I hadn't even done anything or and yet I hadn't done anything

    ich habe fünf Stück gegessen, dabéí hatte ich gar keinen Hunger — I've eaten five pieces, and I wasn't even hungry

    7)

    du gehst sofort nach Hause, und dabéí bleibt es! — you're going straight home and that's that or that's the end of it!

    es bleibt dabéí, dass ihr morgen alle mitkommt — we'll stick to that or keep it like that, you're all coming tomorrow

    ich bleibe dabéí — I'm not changing my mind

    er bleibt dabéí, dass er es nicht gewesen ist — he still insists that he didn't do it, he's still sticking to his guns that he didn't do it

    aber dabéí sollte es nicht bleiben — but it shouldn't stop there or at that

    lassen wir es dabéí — let's leave it at that!

    was ist schon dabéí? — so what? (inf), what of it? (inf)

    was ist schon dabéí, wenn man das tut? — what harm is there in doing that?

    ich finde gar nichts dabéí — I don't see any harm in it

    nimm meine Bemerkung nicht so ernst, ich habe mir nichts dabéí gedacht — don't take my remark so seriously, I didn't mean anything by it

    ich habe mir nichts dabéí gedacht, als ich den Mann aus der Bank kommen sah — I didn't think anything of it when I saw the man coming out of the bank

    was hast du dir denn dabéí gedacht? — what were you thinking of?

    dabéí kann er sich nicht viel gedacht haben — he can't have thought about it much

    * * *
    (near: They stood by and watched.) by
    * * *
    da·bei
    [daˈbai]
    1. (dazugehörend) with it
    ein kleines Häuschen mit einem Garten \dabei a little house with a garden
    [bei etw dat] \dabei sein to be included [in sth]; (als Anlage) to be enclosed [in sth]
    die Rechnung war nicht \dabei the bill was not enclosed
    war bei dem Muster ein Brief \dabei? did the sample come with a letter?
    ist der Salat bei dem Gericht \dabei? is the salad included in the meal?
    ist bei dem Gericht ein Salat \dabei? does the meal come with a salad?, is there a salad with the meal?
    direkt/nahe \dabei right next/near to it
    3. (anwesend, beteiligt) there
    [bei etw dat] \dabei sein to be there [at sth]; (mitmachen) to take part [in sth]
    er war bei dem Treffen \dabei he was there at the meeting
    ich bin \dabei! count me in!
    sie kennt sich im Betrieb noch nicht so gut aus, sie ist erst seit einem Monat \dabei she is not familiar with the company yet, she's only been working there for a month
    4. (im Verlauf davon) during [or in the course of] which; (als Folge davon) as a result
    es kam zu einem Massenandrang, \dabei wurden viele Menschen verletzt there was a crush, in the course of which many people were injured
    es goss in Strömen, \dabei kam es zu zahlreichen Unfällen it was pouring down with rain, which resulted in a lot of accidents
    5. (bei dieser Verrichtung) in doing so; (währenddessen) while doing so
    Arbeit am Computer? aber \dabei muss man doch immer so viel tippen! working on the computer? but that involves so much typing!
    er half den Opfern und wurde \dabei selbst verletzt he helped the victims and in doing so got injured himself
    wir haben ihn \dabei ertappt, wie er über den Zaun stieg we caught him [while he was] climbing over the fence
    jdm \dabei helfen, etw zu tun to help sb doing sth
    6. (daraus resultierend) as a result
    die \dabei entstehenden Kosten sind sehr hoch the resulting costs are very high
    7. (gleichzeitig) at the same time; einräumend (doch) but; (außerdem)
    und \dabei auch noch and what's more, besides
    sie ist schön und \dabei auch noch intelligent she is beautiful and what's more [or besides] clever [or BRIT and clever to boot]
    sie las und hörte \dabei Radio she was reading and listening to the radio at the same time
    sie ist flink, \dabei aber [auch] sehr umsichtig she's quick but very cautious
    8. (und das obwohl) even though
    er hat die Prüfung nicht bestanden, \dabei hat er so fleißig gelernt he failed the exam, although he had studied so hard
    9. (damit beschäftigt)
    [gerade] \dabei sein, etw zu tun to be [just] doing sth
    10. (an dieser Sache)
    das Dumme/Schöne \dabei ist, dass... the stupid/good thing about it is that...
    interessant/wichtig \dabei ist, dass/ob/wie... the interesting/important thing about it is that/whether/how...
    11. (bei dieser Sache) by it; (damit) through it
    das Geschäft ist riskant, \dabei kann man aber reich werden it's a risky business but it can make you rich
    nimm meine Bemerkung nicht so ernst, ich habe mir nichts \dabei gedacht don't take my remark so seriously, I didn't mean anything by it
    was hast du dir denn \dabei gedacht? what were you thinking of?
    ich habe kein gutes Gefühl \dabei I don't feel happy about it
    nichts \dabei finden, etw zu tun/wenn jd etw tut to not see the harm in doing sth/in sb doing sth
    12. (fam: auszusetzen, problematisch)
    es ist nichts \dabei, wenn man/jd etw tut there is no harm in one/sb doing sth
    da ist [doch] nichts \dabei (nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it; (nicht schlimm) there's no harm in it
    was ist schon \dabei? so what?
    13. (wie gesagt) s. belassen 1, bleiben 8, lassen I. 6
    * * *
    1) with it/him/her/them

    eine Tankstelle mit einer Werkstatt dabeia filling station with its own workshop [attached]

    nahe dabei — near it; close by

    dabei sein (anwesend sein) be there; be present ( bei at); (teilnehmen) take part ( bei in)

    2) (währenddessen) at the same time; (bei diesem Anlass) then; on that occasion

    er ist dabei gesehen worden, wie er das Geld nahm — he was seen [in the act of] taking the money

    ein Unfall - dabei gab es zwei Totean accident - two people were killed [in it]

    er suchte nach dem Brief, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand — he was looking for the letter and all the time he had it in his hand

    [gerade] dabei sein, etwas zu tun — be just doing something

    dabei [auch] — what is more

    er ist sehr beschäftigt, aber dabei (dennoch) immer freundlich — he is very busy but even so always friendly

    4) (hinsichtlich dessen)

    was hast du dir denn dabei gedacht? — what were you thinking of?; what came over you?

    5)

    da ist doch nichts dabei! — there's really no harm in it!; (es ist nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it!; s. auch bleiben 1)

    * * *
    dabei adv
    1. with it; (nahe) near-by, close by;
    ein Haus mit Garten dabei a house with a garden;
    dabei sein (anwesend sein) be there; (teilnehmen) take part (in it); (mit ansehen) see it;
    darf ich dabei sein? can I come too?; (teilnehmen) can I join in?;
    ich bin dabei! (you can) count me in!, I’m game!;
    er muss immer dabei sein he’s got to be in on everything;
    ist ein Brief für mich dabei? is there a letter for me there?;
    es war ziemlich viel Glück dabei I was etc pretty lucky there;
    ein bisschen Risiko ist immer dabei there’s always an element of risk
    2. (im Begriff):
    dabei, etwas zu tun just doing sth, in the middle of doing sth; (kurz davor) about ( oder going) to do sth, on the point of doing sth;
    ich war gerade dabei zu packen I was just packing;
    tu das endlich! -
    ja, ja, ich bin ja schon dabei! umg alright, alright, I’m doing it!
    3. (gleichzeitig) at the same time, while doing so;
    sie strickt und liest dabei she knits and reads at the same time;
    er aß und sah mich dabei fragend an while he ate, he gave me a questioning look
    4. (überdies) besides, what is more;
    sie ist hübsch und dabei auch noch klug auch she’s attractive and intelligent into the bargain (US intelligent to boot)
    5. (dennoch) nevertheless, yet, for all that, at the same time;
    und dabei ist er doch schon alt and he’s an old man, after all;
    er ist streng und dabei sehr fair he’s strict but very fair
    6. (obwohl) although, even though;
    er schenkte es mir, dabei hatte ich es gar nicht verlangt he gave it to me although I hadn’t even asked for it;
    jetzt schreibt sie immer noch, dabei könnte sie schon längst fertig sein she’s still writing, even though she could have been finished ages ago;
    dabei hätten wir gewinnen können to think we could have won;
    dabei macht man sich gar keinen Begriff, wie schwierig es ist but people have no idea how hard it is;
    sie suchte danach, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand she was looking for it and he had it in his hand all the time
    7. (bei dieser Gelegenheit) on the occasion, then; (während) while, in the process; (dadurch) as a result;
    erwischen, wie er … catch sb red-handed as he …;
    dabei kam es zu einer heftigen Auseinandersetzung this gave rise to ( oder resulted in) a heated argument;
    dabei fällt mir ein: … talking of which: …;
    alle dabei entstehenden Kosten all resulting costs;
    man könnte verrückt werden dabei it’s enough to drive you mad
    8. (bei dieser Handlung, Angelegenheit) about it;
    das Schwierige dabei ist, … the difficult thing about it is …;
    es kommt nichts dabei heraus umg it’s no use, it’s not worth it;
    dabei dürfen wir nicht vergessen here we must not forget;
    mir ist gar nicht wohl dabei I don’t feel too good about it;
    zu +inf) I thought nothing of it (of +ger); (bei einer Bemerkung) I didn’t mean anything by it;
    was hast du dir eigentlich dabei gedacht? what on earth made you do ( oder say etc) that?; weitS. whatever possessed you?;
    ich finde nichts dabei I don’t see any harm in it;
    was ist schon dabei? umg so what?;
    was ist schon dabei, wenn …? what difference does it make if …?, what harm does it do if …?;
    da ist doch nichts dabei umg (ist nicht schwer) that’s child’s play, there’s nothing to it; (ist nicht bedenklich) it’s nothing to worry about; (schadet nichts) it can’t do any harm; (ist nicht gefährlich) it’s perfectly safe
    ich bleibe dabei I’m not changing my mind;
    und ich bleibe dabei, in X ist es am schönsten I’m still convinced X is the most beautiful place in the world;
    du kommst mit, und dabei bleibt’s umg you’re coming with us, and that’s that;
    dabei blieb’s umg (and) that was the end of that;
    lassen wir es dabei let’s leave it at that
    * * *
    1) with it/him/her/them

    eine Tankstelle mit einer Werkstatt dabei — a filling station with its own workshop [attached]

    nahe dabei — near it; close by

    dabei sein (anwesend sein) be there; be present ( bei at); (teilnehmen) take part ( bei in)

    2) (währenddessen) at the same time; (bei diesem Anlass) then; on that occasion

    er ist dabei gesehen worden, wie er das Geld nahm — he was seen [in the act of] taking the money

    ein Unfall - dabei gab es zwei Tote — an accident - two people were killed [in it]

    er suchte nach dem Brief, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand — he was looking for the letter and all the time he had it in his hand

    [gerade] dabei sein, etwas zu tun — be just doing something

    dabei [auch] — what is more

    er ist sehr beschäftigt, aber dabei (dennoch) immer freundlich — he is very busy but even so always friendly

    was hast du dir denn dabei gedacht? — what were you thinking of?; what came over you?

    5)

    da ist doch nichts dabei! — there's really no harm in it!; (es ist nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it!; s. auch bleiben 1)

    * * *
    adv.
    thereby adv.
    withal adv. präp.
    near by prep.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > dabei

  • 114 medida

    f.
    1 measurement.
    ¿qué medidas tiene el contenedor? what are the measurements of the container?
    tomar las medidas a alguien to take somebody's measurements
    2 measure, step.
    adoptar o tomar medidas to take measures o steps
    medida preventiva preventive measure
    medidas de seguridad safety measures
    3 moderation.
    sin medida without moderation
    4 extent, degree (grado).
    ¿en qué medida nos afecta? to what extent does it affect us?
    en cierta/gran medida to some/a large extent
    en mayor/menor medida to a greater/lesser extent
    en la medida de lo posible as far as possible
    5 course of action.
    6 quantity, amount.
    7 scoop, scoopful.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: medir.
    * * *
    1 (acción) measuring; (dato, número) measurement
    ¿qué medidas tienes? what are your measurements?
    2 (disposición) measure
    3 (grado) extent
    4 (prudencia) moderation
    5 LITERATURA measure, metre
    \
    a (la) medida (traje) made-to-measure
    en la medida de lo posible as far as possible
    tomar/adoptar medidas to take steps, take measures
    tomarle las medidas a alguien to take somebody's measurements
    medida de capacidad measure of capacity
    medida de longitud measure of length
    medida de seguridad security measure
    medida de volumen measure of volume
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) measure, measurement
    2) step
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=unidad de medida) measure
    2) (=medición) measuring, measurement
    3) pl medidas (=dimensiones) measurements

    ¿qué medidas tiene la mesa? — what are the measurements of the table?

    ¿cuáles son tus medidas? — what are your measurements?

    tomar las medidas a algn/algo — (lit) to measure sb/sth, take sb's/sth's measurements; (fig) to size sb/sth up *

    4) (=proporción)

    en cierta medida — to a certain extent

    en gran medida — to a great extent

    en menor medida — to a lesser extent

    en la medida de lo posible — as far as possible, insofar as it is possible

    a medida que — as

    en la medida en que+ indic in that; + subjun if

    solo cambiarán el tratamiento en la medida en que los resultados sean negativos — the treatment will only be altered if the results are negative

    5) (Cos)

    a (la) medida — [ropa, zapatos] made to measure; [trabajo, vacaciones] tailor-made

    de o sobre medida — Chile [ropa, zapatos] made-to-measure

    venir a (la) medida — (lit) to be the right size; (fig) to be tailor-made

    6) LAm (=talla) size

    ¿cuál es su medida? — what size do you take?

    ¿qué medida de cuello tiene usted? — what collar size are you?, what is your collar measurement?

    ropa a sobre medida — Méx outsize clothing

    7) (=disposición) measure

    adoptar o tomar medidas — to take measures, take steps

    medida cautelar, medida de precaución — precautionary measure

    medidas de seguridad[contra ataques, robos] security measures; [contra incendios] safety measures

    paquete 1., 3)
    8) (=moderación)

    con medida — in moderation

    sin medida — to excess

    9) [de versos] (=medición) measuring, scansion; (=longitud) measure
    * * *
    1) (Mat) ( dimensión) measurement

    ¿qué medidas tiene el cuarto? — what are the dimensions of the room?

    a (la) medida<traje/zapato> custom-made (AmE), made-to-measure (BrE)

    a medida que — as

    3) ( objeto) measure; ( contenido) measure

    colmar la medida: eso colmó la medida — that was the last straw

    4) (grado, proporción)

    en gran/cierta/menos medida — to a large/certain/lesser extent

    6) (Lit) measure
    7) ( disposición) measure
    * * *
    1) (Mat) ( dimensión) measurement

    ¿qué medidas tiene el cuarto? — what are the dimensions of the room?

    a (la) medida<traje/zapato> custom-made (AmE), made-to-measure (BrE)

    a medida que — as

    3) ( objeto) measure; ( contenido) measure

    colmar la medida: eso colmó la medida — that was the last straw

    4) (grado, proporción)

    en gran/cierta/menos medida — to a large/certain/lesser extent

    6) (Lit) measure
    7) ( disposición) measure
    * * *
    medida1
    1 = measure, scale, metric.

    Ex: One measure of a library's market is the number of reference questions dealt with at the reference desk or through electronic reference.

    Ex: The apparent size of the face is measured directly with a finely graduated scale and a magnifying glass.
    Ex: The author outlines quantitative metrics that measure information technology productivity from the perspective of the overall rate of return to the organization.
    * a medida = custom, bespoke.
    * conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * considerar en su justa medida = see + in proportion.
    * contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.
    * en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.
    * en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.
    * en igual medida = similarly.
    * en la medida de lo posible = so far as possible.
    * en la medida en que = in that, so long as, to the extent that, insofar as [in so far as], to the degree that.
    * en mayor medida = to a greater extent, to a greater degree, a fortiori, to a larger degree, to a larger extent.
    * en mayor o menor medida = to a greater or lesser extent.
    * hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.
    * hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.
    * hacerse a medida de una aplicación práctica concreta = tailor to + application.
    * hecho a medida = customised [customized, -USA], purpose-designed, tailored, tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], bespoke, made to measure, fitted, made-to-order.
    * influir en gran medida = become + a force.
    * la medida en que = the extent to which.
    * ley de pesos y medidas = weights and measures act.
    * medida cuantitativa = quantitative measure.
    * medida de productividad = output measure.
    * medida de rendimiento = performance measure, output measure.
    * medidas y colindancias = metes and bounds.
    * sistema anglosajón de medidas = imperial measures.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

    medida2
    2 = arrangement, countermeasure [counter measure], measure.

    Ex: This arrangement is faster than waiting until documents are ordered.

    Ex: This article reviews the extent of book theft in libraries and discusses some effective countermeasures that may help reduce the problem.
    Ex: If we as a society hope to deal with a very real and important issue, the implementation of this popular measure is a good place to start.
    * como medida de seguridad = as a backup.
    * como medida provisional = as an interim measure.
    * como medida temporal = as an interim measure.
    * como medida transitoria = as an interim measure.
    * medida de austeridad = austerity measure.
    * medida de contrapeso = counterbalance.
    * medida de control = control measure.
    * medida de emergencia = emergency measure.
    * medida defensiva = line of defence.
    * medida de fuerza = crackdown.
    * medida de precaución = security precaution, precautionary measure.
    * medida de protección = safeguard.
    * medida de ralentización del tráfico = traffic calming measure.
    * medida de seguridad = safety standard, security measure, safety regulation, safety precaution.
    * medida de seguridad e higiene en el trabajo = health and safety standard.
    * medida disciplinaria = disciplinary measure.
    * medida draconiana = draconian measure.
    * medida económica = economic measure.
    * medida enérgica = crackdown.
    * medida estructural = structural measure.
    * medida extrema = dire measure.
    * medida paliativa = palliative measure.
    * medida preventiva = preventative measure, precautionary measure, preventive measure, preemptive measure, safeguard.
    * medida provisional = stop gap measure, stopgap [stop-gap], stopgap measure, stopgap measure.
    * medidas = action.
    * medidas correctivas = corrective action, remedial action.
    * medidas de prevención = prevention efforts, prevention measures.
    * medidas disciplinarias = disciplining.
    * medidas drásticas = clampdown (on).
    * medidas preventivas = preventive care, ounce of prevention, preventative care.
    * para tomar medidas = for action.
    * primera medida = initial step.
    * proponer medidas = propose + measures.
    * toma de medidas = action.
    * tomar medida = take + action step.
    * tomar medidas = follow + steps, take + precaution, take + steps, take + measures, produce + contingency plan, make + contingency plan, apply + measures, undertake + action.
    * tomar medidas (contra) = take + action (against).
    * tomar medidas correctivas = pose + corrective action, take + corrective action, take + remedial action.
    * tomar medidas demasiado drásticas = throw + the baby out with the bath water.
    * tomar medidas de seguridad = take + safety precautions.
    * tomar medidas de seguridad más estrictas = tighten + security.
    * tomar medidas drásticas contra = clamp down on.
    * tomar medidas enérgicas contra = crack down on.
    * tomar medidas preventivas = take + preventive measures.

    medida3
    * a medida que = as.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.
    * a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).
    * a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.
    * a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que se necesite = on demand, on request, as required.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * * *
    A ( Mat) (dimensión) measurement
    anota las medidas de la lavadora make a note of the measurements of the washing machine
    ¿qué medidas tiene el cuarto? what are the dimensions of the room?
    ¿cuáles son las medidas reglamentarias de una piscina olímpica? what's the regulation size of an olympic pool?
    la modista me tomó las medidas the dressmaker took my measurements
    tomar las medidas de algo to measure something
    Compuesto:
    surface measurement
    B ( en locs):
    a (la) medida: un traje (hecho) a medida a custom-made suit ( AmE), a made-to-measure suit ( BrE)
    usa zapatos a medida he wears made-to-measure shoes
    servicios diseñados a la medida custom-designed services
    a la medida de algo: fabricamos muebles a la medida de su exigencia we manufacture furniture to meet all your requirements
    éste es un proyecto a la medida de su ambición this is a project in keeping with o which matches his ambitions
    necesita una actividad a la medida de su talento he needs a job which will suit o which is commensurate with his abilities
    a medida que va pasando el tiempo uno se va adaptando as time goes on, one (gradually) adapts
    a medida que se acercaba la fecha se ponía más y más nervioso as the date drew closer he got more and more nervous
    a medida que la fue conociendo se fue desengañando the more he got to know her o the better he got to know her o as he got to know her the more disillusioned he became
    C
    1 (objeto) measure
    2 (contenido) measure
    un vaso de leche por cada medida de cacao one glass of milk per measure of cocoa
    llenar or colmar la medida: eso colmó la medida, ya no estaba dispuesto a aguantar más that was the last straw, I wasn't going to take any more
    Compuestos:
    cubic measure
    medida (de capacidad) para áridos/líquidos
    dry/liquid measure
    D
    (grado, proporción): en buena or gran medida to a great o large extent
    en cierta/menor medida to a certain/lesser extent
    intentaremos, en la medida de lo posible, satisfacer a todo el mundo insofar as it is possible o as far as possible we will try to satisfy everyone
    intentará hacer algo por ti en la medida en que le sea posible she'll try and do whatever she can for you
    E
    (moderación): come con medida he eats moderately
    gastan dinero sin medida they spend money like water, they're very extravagant (with money)
    F ( Lit) measure
    G (disposición) measure
    la huelga y otras medidas de presión the strike and other forms of pressure
    expulsarlo me parece una medida demasiado drástica I think expelling him is too drastic a step o is a rather drastic measure
    tomar medidas to take steps o measures
    me veré en la obligación de tomar medidas más estrictas I will be obliged to adopt more severe measures
    tomaré todas las medidas necesarias para que no vuelva a suceder I will take all the necessary steps to see that this does not happen again
    es conveniente tomar estas pastillas como medida preventiva it's advisable to take these pills as a preventive measure
    Compuestos:
    preventative o precautionary measure
    security measures
    (en Ur) emergency security measures
    * * *

     

    medida sustantivo femenino
    1 (Mat) ( dimensión) measurement;

    tomar las medidas de algo to measure something
    2 ( en locs)
    a (la) medidatraje/zapato custom-made (AmE), made-to-measure (BrE);

    a medida que as;
    a medida que fue creciendo as he grew up
    3 ( utensilio) measure;
    ( contenido) measure
    4 (grado, proporción):
    en gran/cierta medida to a large/certain extent;

    en la medida de lo posible as far as possible
    5 ( disposición) measure;
    tomar medidas to take steps o measures

    medida sustantivo femenino
    1 (medición) measurement
    (unidad) measure
    una medida de peso, a measure of weight
    la medida del tiempo, the measurement of time
    2 (grado, intensidad) extent: no sé en qué medida nos afectará, I don't know to what extent it will affect us
    3 Pol measure
    una medida injusta, a unfair measure
    ' medida' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abusiva
    - abusivo
    - acre
    - afectar
    - área
    - arroba
    - braza
    - carácter
    - concertar
    - conforme
    - conveniente
    - corpulencia
    - desatar
    - desesperación
    - efectividad
    - eficacia
    - eficaz
    - encaminada
    - encaminado
    - gratuita
    - gratuito
    - impracticable
    - incidencia
    - justa
    - justo
    - Libra
    - malestar
    - metro
    - onza
    - patrón
    - patrona
    - perjudicar
    - pertinencia
    - pie
    - pinta
    - polemizar
    - providencia
    - punto
    - quintal
    - repercusión
    - resistencia
    - saludar
    - según
    - sentida
    - sentido
    - solidaria
    - solidario
    - superflua
    - superfluo
    English:
    acre
    - check off
    - custom
    - depth
    - dessertspoon
    - dishonest
    - extent
    - far
    - fitted
    - foot
    - gauge
    - give
    - importantly
    - ineffective
    - insofar
    - lesser
    - linear measure
    - lorry
    - made-to-measure
    - measure
    - measurement
    - pint
    - push through
    - quart
    - severe
    - severity
    - step
    - stone
    - strike off
    - tailor-made
    - temporary
    - ton
    - unit
    - waist
    - way
    - yard
    - as
    - fitting
    - gill
    - insofar as
    - made
    - move
    - tailor
    - walk
    * * *
    medida nf
    1. [dimensión, medición] measurement;
    ¿qué medidas tiene el contenedor? what are the measurements of the container?;
    unidades de medida units of measurement;
    a (la) medida [mueble] custom-built;
    [ropa, calzado] made-to-measure;
    es una casa/un trabajo a tu medida it's the ideal house/job for you, it's as if the house/job were made for you;
    a (la) medida de mi deseo just as I would have wanted it;
    medidas [del cuerpo] measurements;
    tomar las medidas a alguien to take sb's measurements;
    tomar las medidas de algo to measure sth;
    Fig
    le tengo tomada la medida al jefe I know what the boss is like;
    Fig
    ya le voy tomando la medida al nuevo trabajo I'm getting the hang of the new job
    medida de capacidad measure [liquid or dry]
    2. [cantidad específica] measure;
    el daiquiri lleva una medida de limón por cada tres de ron a daiquiri is made with one part lemon to three parts rum
    3. [disposición] measure, step;
    adoptar o [m5] tomar medidas to take measures o steps;
    yo ya he tomado mis medidas I'm prepared, I've made my preparations;
    tomar medidas disciplinarias (contra) to take disciplinary action (against);
    medidas de choque emergency measures;
    medidas de seguridad [contra accidentes] safety precautions;
    [contra delincuencia] security measures
    4. [moderación] moderation;
    con/sin medida in/without moderation
    5. [grado] extent;
    ¿en qué medida nos afecta? to what extent does it affect us?;
    en cierta/gran medida to some/a large extent;
    en mayor/menor medida to a greater/lesser extent;
    en la medida de lo posible as far as possible;
    a medida que iban entrando as they were coming in;
    Formal
    6. Lit [de verso] measure
    * * *
    f
    1 ( unidad) measure; acto measurement;
    hecho a medida made to measure;
    está hecho a medida de mis necesidades it’s tailor-made for me;
    tomar las medidas a alguien take s.o.’s measurements;
    tomar medidas fig take measures o
    steps
    2 ( grado) extent;
    en mayor medida to a greater extent
    3
    :
    * * *
    medida nf
    1) : measurement, measure
    hecho a medida: custom-made
    2) : measure, step
    tomar medidas: to take steps
    3) : moderation, prudence
    sin medida: immoderately
    4) : extent, degree
    en gran medida: to a great extent
    * * *
    1. (extensión) measurement
    te vamos a tomar las medidas we're going to take your measurements / we're going to measure you
    ¿qué medidas tiene la mesa? how big is the table?
    2. (unidad, acción) measure

    Spanish-English dictionary > medida

  • 115 récupérer

    récupérer [ʀekypeʀe]
    ➭ TABLE 6
    1. transitive verb
       a. [+ argent, biens, territoire, objet prêté, forces] to get back ; (sur ordinateur) to retrieve ; ( = aller chercher) [+ enfant, bagages] to collect ; ( = reprendre à un autre) [+ sièges, voix] to take
       b. [+ ferraille, chiffons, emballages] to salvage ; [+ chaleur, énergie] to recover ; [+ déchets] to retrieve
    regarde si tu peux récupérer quelque chose dans ces habits have a look and see if there's anything you can rescue from among these clothes
       c. [+ journées de travail] to make up
       d. (Politics) (pejorative) [+ personne, mouvement] to hijack
    se faire récupérer par la droite to find o.s. hijacked by the right
    2. intransitive verb
    (après des efforts, une maladie) to recuperate
    * * *
    ʀekypeʀe
    1.
    1) ( rentrer en possession de) to get back, to recover [argent, objet, force]
    2) ( aller chercher) to fetch [enfant]
    3) ( ramasser pour réutiliser) to salvage [ferraille]; to reclaim [chiffons, vieux journaux]
    4) ( garder) to save [timbres, boîtes]
    5) to make up [journées, heures de travail]
    6) Politique to take over, to hijack [mouvement, personne]; to appropriate [idées]
    7) ( réinsérer) to rehabilitate [délinquant]

    2.
    verbe intransitif (après un effort, une maladie) to recover (de from)
    * * *
    ʀekypeʀe
    1. vt
    1) (= rentrer en possession de) to get back, to recover

    Je vais récupérer ma voiture au garage. — I'm going to get my car back from the garage.

    2) [forces] to recover
    3) [déchets] to salvage
    4) (= remplacer) [journée, heures de travail] to make up

    J'ai des heures à récupérer. — I've got time to make up.

    5) [délinquant] to rehabilitate
    2. vi
    (après un effort) to recover, (après une maladie) to recover, to recuperate

    J'ai besoin de récupérer. — I need to recover.

    * * *
    récupérer verb table: céder
    A vtr
    1 ( rentrer en possession de) to get back, to recover [argent, objet, force]; j'aimerais bien récupérer les disques que je t'ai prêtés I'd like to get back those records I lent you;
    2 ( aller chercher) to fetch; elle doit récupérer son fils chez la nourrice she must go and pick up ou fetch her son from the childminder GB ou babysitter US; je suis allé récupérer le ballon chez les voisins I went to get ou fetch the ball back from the neighbours'GB; il a récupéré le ticket de caisse au fond de la poubelle he retrieved the receipt from the bottom of the bin GB ou garbage can US;
    3 ( ramasser pour réutiliser) to salvage [ferraille]; to reclaim [chiffons, vieux journaux]; j'ai pu récupérer quelques pommes pas trop abîmées I managed to salvage a few apples that weren't too bruised; j'ai récupéré quelques planches sur le chantier I picked up a few planks from the building site;
    4 ( garder) to save [timbres, boîtes];
    5 Entr to make up [journées, heures de travail]; il faudra que je récupère les heures perdues I'll have to make up the hours;
    6 Pol to take over, to hijack [mouvement, personne]; to appropriate [idées];
    7 ( réinsérer) to rehabilitate [délinquant];
    8 ( recouvrer) [personne] to recover [santé, mobilité, forces].
    B vi ( après un effort physique) to recover (de from); ( après une maladie) to recover, to recuperate (de from); il n'a jamais vraiment récupéré après son accident he never really recovered after his accident.
    [rekypere] verbe transitif
    1. [retrouver] to get back (separable)
    il doit récupérer son chien au chenil he's got to pick up ou to collect his dog from the kennels
    il a récupéré toutes ses forces [il s'est reposé] he has recuperated, he's back to normal
    tout a brûlé, ils n'ont rien pu récupérer everything was destroyed by the fire, they didn't manage to salvage anything
    2. [pour utiliser - chiffons, papier, verre, ferraille] to salvage ; [ - chaleur, énergie] to save
    3. [jour de congé] to make up for, to compensate for
    [jour de travail]
    4. POLITIQUE to take over (separable)
    ————————
    [rekypere] verbe intransitif
    [se remettre] to recover, to recuperate

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > récupérer

  • 116 патент

    * * *
    пате́нт м.
    patent
    аннули́ровать пате́нт — cancel [revoke] a patent
    возобновля́ть пате́нт — reinstate a patent
    выдава́ть пате́нт — grant [issue] a patent
    выдава́ть заменя́ющий пате́нт — re-issue a patent
    пате́нт закрепля́ет за патентооблада́телем исключи́тельное пра́во на изобрете́ние — a patent confers the right to the patent holder to exclude others from using his invention; a patent is the grant to its owner of the right to exclude others from the use of his invention
    испо́льзовать [применя́ть] пате́нт — practise a patent
    лиша́ться пате́нта — forfeit a patent
    пате́нт на — a patent for [on]
    наруша́ть пате́нт — violate a patent
    ожида́ется вы́дача пате́нта ( заявка на патент подана в такой-то стране) — the patent is pending (in such-and-such country)
    оспа́ривать пате́нт — contest a patent
    отка́зывать в вы́даче пате́нта — withhold a patent, withhold patent grant
    отка́зываться от пате́нта — abandon [drop] a patent
    отменя́ть пате́нт — cancel [revoke] a patent
    охраня́ться пате́нтом — be covered by patent
    подава́ть зая́вку на пате́нт — apply for a patent
    получа́ть пате́нт на … — take out a patent for …
    признава́ть пате́нт недействи́тельным — invalidate a patent
    продава́ть (пра́во на) пате́нт — vend a patent
    срок де́йствия пате́нта истё́к — the patent has expired, the patent has lapsed
    пате́нт утра́тил си́лу за истече́нием сро́ка — the patent has expired [has lapsed, has ceased]
    пате́нт явля́ется де́йствующим — the patent is in force

    Русско-английский политехнический словарь > патент

  • 117 Auge

    Au·ge <-s, -n> [ʼaugə] nt
    1) ( Sehorgan) eye;
    es tränen ihr die \Augen her eyes are watering;
    er hat eng stehende \Augen his eyes are too close together;
    das linke/rechte \Auge one's left/right eye;
    [sich dat] die [o seine] \Augen untersuchen lassen to have one's eyes tested;
    mit bloßem [o nacktem] \Auge with the naked eye;
    etw mit [seinen] eigenen \Augen gesehen haben to have seen sth with one's own eyes, to have witnessed sth in person;
    gute/schlechte \Augen [haben] [to have] good/poor eyesight sing [or pl eyes];
    \Augen wie ein Luchs haben ( sehr gut sehen) to have eyes like a hawk, to be eagle-eyed;
    (alles merken a.) to not miss a thing;
    [die] \Augen links/rechts! mil eyes left/right!;
    mit den \Augen blinzeln [o zwinkern] to blink [or wink];
    etw im \Auge haben to have [got] sth in one's eye;
    sich dat die \Augen reiben to rub one's eyes; (nach dem Schlaf a.) to rub the sleep from one's eyes;
    mit den \Augen rollen to roll one's eyes;
    auf einem \Auge schielen/ blind sein to have a squint/to be blind in one eye;
    ich habe doch \Augen im Kopf! ( fam) I know what I saw!;
    hast du/haben Sie keine \Augen im Kopf? ( fam) haven't you got any eyes in you head?, use your eyes!;
    die \Augen offen haben [o halten] to keep one's eyes open [or ( fam) skinned] [or ( fam) peeled];
    mit offenen \Augen schlafen to daydream;
    mir wurde schwarz vor \Augen everything went black, I blacked out;
    sehenden \Auges ( geh) with open eyes, with one's eyes open;
    ein sicheres \Auge für etw haben to have a good eye for sth;
    da blieb kein \Auge trocken ( hum) ( fam) there wasn't a dry eye in the place;
    man muss seine \Augen überall/ hinten und vorn haben ( fam) you need eyes in the back of your head;
    ich kann meine \Augen nicht überall haben ( fam) I can't look [or be] everywhere at once;
    mit verbundenen \Augen blindfolded;
    so weit das \Auge reicht as far as the eye can see;
    jdn/etw im \Auge behalten ( beobachten) to keep an eye on sb/sth;
    ( sich vormerken) to keep [or bear] sb/sth in mind;
    etw ins \Auge fassen to contemplate sth;
    ins \Auge fassen, etw zu tun to contemplate doing sth;
    das muss man sich mal vor \Augen führen/führen, was...! just imagine it/imagine what...!;
    jdm etw vor \Augen führen to make sb aware of sth;
    geh mir aus den \Augen! get out of my sight [or (fam!) face] !;
    die \Augen aufmachen [o aufsperren] [o auftun] ( fam) to open one's eyes;
    jetzt gehen mir die \Augen auf! now I'm beginning to see the light;
    sich dat die \Augen nach jdm/ etw ausgucken ( fam) to look everywhere for sb/sth, to hunt high and low for sth;
    jdm gehen die \Augen über sb's eyes are popping out of her/his head;
    ein \Auge auf jdn/ etw geworfen haben to have one's eye on sb/sth;
    jdn/etw im \Auge haben to have one's eye on sb/sth, to keep tabs on sth;
    ein \Auge auf jdn/ etw haben to keep an eye on sb/sth;
    etw noch deutlich [o genau] [o lebhaft] vor \Augen haben to remember sth clearly [or vividly];
    nur \Augen für jdn haben to only have eyes for sb;
    jdn nicht aus den \Augen lassen to not let sb out of one's sight, to keep one's eyes riveted on sb;
    ein \Auge riskieren ( fam) to risk a glance [or peep], to have [or take] a peep;
    die \Augen schließen ( geh) to fall asleep;
    für immer die \Augen schließen ( euph) ( geh) to pass away [or on] ( euph)
    jdm schwimmt alles vor den \Augen sb feels giddy [or dizzy], sb's head is spinning;
    etwas fürs \Auge sein to be a treat to look at; Ding a. to have visual appeal; ( unerwartet) to be a sight for sore eyes ( fam)
    nur fürs \Auge sein ( fam) to be good to look at but not much else ( fam)
    jdm in die \Augen sehen [o schauen] to look into sb's eyes; ( trotzig) to look sb in the eye[s] [or straight in the face];
    ins \Auge springen [o fallen] [o stechen] to catch the eye;
    ins \Auge springen [o fallen] , wie... to be glaringly obvious that...;
    etw steht [o schwebt] jdm vor \Augen sb can picture sth vividly, sb envisages [or envisions] sth ( form)
    ich traute meinen \Augen nicht! I couldn't believe my eyes [or what I was seeing];
    etw aus den \Augen verlieren to lose track of sth;
    sich aus den \Augen verlieren to lose contact, to lose touch with each other [or one another];
    in jds \Augen dat in the opinion [or view] of sb, in sb's opinion [or view], as sb sees it;
    in den Augen der Leute/ Öffentlichkeit in the eyes of most people/the public;
    \Auge in \Auge face to face;
    unter jds \Augen dat before sb's very eyes, under sb's very nose;
    vor aller \Augen in front of everybody
    3) ( Keimansatz) eye
    4) (Fett\Auge) drop [or globule] of fat
    5) ( Zentrum) eye
    WENDUNGEN:
    jdm sieht die Dummheit aus den \Augen sb's stupidity is plain to see;
    das \Auge des Gesetzes ( hum) the [arm of the] law + sing/ pl verb;
    jd guckt sich die \Augen aus dem Kopf ( fam) sb's eyes are popping out of her/his head [or coming out on stalks];
    die/jds \Augen sind größer als der Mund ( fam) sb's eyes are bigger than her/his stomach;
    jdm sieht der Schalk aus den \Augen sb [always] has a roguish [or mischievous] look on his/her face;
    aus den \Augen, aus dem Sinn ( prov) out of sight, out of mind ( prov)
    „\Auge um \Auge, Zahn um Zahn“ ‘an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth’;
    [um] jds blauer \Augen willen for the sake of sb's pretty face (a. iron)
    mit einem blauen \Auge davonkommen ( fam) to get off lightly;
    vor jds geistigem [o innerem] \Auge in sb's mind's eye;
    jdn mit [o aus] großen \Augen ansehen [o anschauen] to look at sb wide-eyed;
    mit einem lachenden und einem weinenden \Auge with mixed feelings;
    jdm schöne [o verliebte] \Augen machen to make eyes at sb;
    unter vier \Augen in private; (unter uns etc. a.) between ourselves etc.;
    ein Gespräch unter vier \Augen a private conversation;
    ich hab' doch hinten keine \Augen! ( fam) I don't have eyes in the back of my head;
    jdm jeden Wunsch an [o von] den \Augen ablesen to anticipate sb's every wish;
    der würde ich am liebsten die \Augen auskratzen! ( fam) I'd like to scratch her eyes out;
    jdm jdn/etw aufs \Auge drücken ( fam) to force [or impose] sb/sth on sb;
    ins \Auge gehen ( fam) to backfire, to go wrong;
    [große] \Augen machen ( fam) to be wide-eyed [or (Brit a.) ( fam) gobsmacked];
    da machst du \Augen, was? that's got you, hasn't it?;
    jdm die \Augen [über etw akk] °öffnen to open sb's eyes [to sth];
    die \Augen vor etw dat verschließen to close [or shut] one's eyes to sth;
    ein \Auge/beide \Augen zudrücken ( fam) to turn a blind eye;
    kein \Auge zutun ( fam) to not sleep a wink [or get a wink of sleep];
    \Augen zu und durch ( fam) take a deep breath [or grit your teeth] and get to it;
    jdn/etw mit anderen \Augen [an]sehen to see sb/sth in a different [or in another] light

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > Auge

  • 118 amplissime

    amplus, a, um, adj. [some regard this as a shortened form of anapleôs, = filled up, full; others, as for ambulus from amb-, rounded out, as superus from super, etc.; v. Doed. Syn. II. p. 113; but perh. it is better to form it from am- and -plus, akin to -pleo, plenus, q. v. Pott], thus pr., full all round; hence, great, large. —In space, of large extent, great, large, wide, ample, spacious (the forms amplus and amplior are very rare in the ante-class. per., and rare in all periods. Amplius is com. in the ante-class., freq. in the class., and very freq. in the post-class. per., the Vulg. rarely using the other forms, but using this 121 times. Amplissimus belongs to prose, and is scarcely used before Cicero, with whom it was a very favorite word. It was also used by Plin. Maj. and Min., but never by Tac., Sall. (in his genuine works), nor the Vulg. Catullus used only the form amplius, and Prop. only amplus, while Tib. and Pers. never used this word in any form. Ampliter is found mostly in Plaut.; and ample and amplissime are used a few times by Cic. and by writers that followed him; syn.: magnus, ingens, latus, late patens, spatiosus, laxus).
    I.
    Lit.:

    amplus et spectu protervo ferox,

    Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 94 Rib.:

    qui (Pluto) ter amplum Geryonen compescit unda,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 7:

    ampla domus dedecori domino fit, si est in ea solitudo,

    Cic. Off. 1, 39, 139; so Verg. A. 2, 310:

    admodum amplum et excelsum signum,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 74:

    collis castris parum amplus,

    Sall. J. 98, 3:

    porticibus in amplis,

    Verg. A. 3, 353:

    per amplum mittimur Elysium,

    id. ib. 6, 743:

    vocemque per ampla volutant Atria,

    id. ib. 1, 725:

    nil vulva pulchrius ampla,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 41:

    amplae aures,

    Plin. 11, 52, 114, § 274:

    milium amplum grano,

    id. 18, 7, 10, § 55:

    cubiculum amplum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 6:

    baptisterium amplum atque opacum,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 25.— Comp.:

    quanto est res amplior,

    Lucr. 2, 1133:

    Amplior Urgo et Capraria,

    Plin. 3, 6, 12, § 81:

    avis paulo amplior passere,

    id. 10, 32, 47, § 89:

    amplior specie mortali,

    Suet. Aug. 94; id. Caes. 76 (for the neutr. amplius, v. infra).— Sup.:

    amplissima curia... gymnasium amplissimum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53:

    urbs amplissima atque ornatissima,

    id. Agr. 2, 76:

    amplissimum peristylum,

    id. Dom. 116:

    (candelabrum) ad amplissimi templi ornatum esse factum,

    id. Verr. 4, 65:

    mons Italiae amplissimus,

    Plin. 3, 5, 7, § 48:

    amplissimum flumen,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 3:

    amplissimus lacus,

    id. ib. 10, 41, 2:

    amplissima insula,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 71:

    amplissimi horti,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 18, 11:

    amplissima arborum,

    Plin. 16, 39, 76, § 200:

    est (topazon) amplissima gemmarum,

    id. 37, 8, 32, § 109:

    amplissimum cubiculum,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 23.—
    B.
    Transf., great, abundant, ample, much, long:

    bono atque amplo lucro,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 6 and Ep. 2, 2, 117:

    pabula miseris mortalibus ampla,

    Lucr. 5, 944:

    ampla civitas,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 81; 4, 96:

    civitas ampla atque florens,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 3:

    gens ampla,

    Plin. 5, 30, 33, § 125:

    amplae copiae,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 19:

    ampla manus militum,

    Liv. Epit. 1, 4, 9:

    pecuaria res ampla,

    Cic. Quinct. 12:

    res familiaris ampla,

    id. Phil. 13, 8:

    (res) ampla,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 3, 82, 20 Kritz:

    patrimonium amplum et copiosum,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 6; id. Dom. 146: id. Phil. 2, 67:

    amplae divitiae,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 101:

    esse patri ejus amplas facultates,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 9:

    in amplis opibus heres,

    Plin. 9, 36, 59, § 122.— Comp.:

    amplior numerus,

    Cic. Mil. 57; Sall. J. 105, 3; Tac. A. 14, 53:

    ampliores aquae,

    Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 58:

    amplior exercitus,

    Sall. J. 54, 3; Suet. Vesp. 4:

    commeatus spe amplior,

    Sall. J. 75, 8:

    amplior pecunia, Auct. B. Alex. 56: pecunia amplior,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 11, 2:

    pretia ampliora,

    Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 84:

    omnia longe ampliora invenire quam etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 10:

    ampliores noctes,

    Plin. 18, 26, 63, § 232:

    ut ampliori tempore maneret,

    Vulg. Act. 18, 20.— Sup.:

    peditatus copiae amplissimae e Gallia,

    Cic. Font. 8:

    exercitus amplissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; 9, 13, 11:

    amplissima pecunia,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 31:

    amplissimae fortunae,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 8; id. Quinct. 49; id. Phil. 10, 4:

    amplissimae patrimonii copiae,

    id. Fl. 89:

    amplissimas summas emptionibus occupare,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 2, 3:

    opes amplissimae,

    id. ib. 8, 18, 4:

    amplissima dies horarum quindecim etc.,

    the longest day, Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 218.—Also subst. in comp. neutr. (v. amplius, adv. infra), more:

    ut quirem exaudire amplius,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    si vis amplius dari, Dabitur,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 18:

    jam amplius orat,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 19:

    daturus non sum amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 29:

    non complectar in his libris amplius quam quod etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 22:

    tantum adfero quantum ipse optat, atque etiam amplius,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 10:

    ni amplius etiam, quod ebibit,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 20: Ph. Etiamne amplius? Th. Nil, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 63: Tr. Dimidium Volo ut dicas. Gr. Immo hercle etiam amplius, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 21: Th. Nempe octoginta debentur huic minae? Tr. Haud nummo amplius, id. Most. 3, 3, 16:

    etiam amplius illam adparare condecet,

    Turp. Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.:

    hoc onere suscepto amplexus animo sum aliquanto amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1:

    si sit opus liquidi non amplius urna,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 54:

    omnis numerus amplius octingentis milibus explebat,

    Vell. 2, 110, 3:

    Segestanis imponebat aliquanto amplius quam etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 76:

    illa corona contentus Thrasybulus neque amplius requisivit,

    Nep. Thras. 4, 3:

    amplius possidere,

    Plin. 18, 4, 3, § 17:

    Ille imperio ei reddito haud amplius, quam ut duo ex tribus filiis secum militarent, exegit,

    Curt. 8, 4, 21:

    dedit quantum maximum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 21, 6:

    cum hoc amplius praestet, quod etc.,

    id. ib. 7, 25, 1.—Also with part. gen., more of, a greater quantity or number of:

    gaudeo tibi liberorum esse amplius,

    Plaut. Cist. 5, 4:

    te amplius bibisse praedicet loti,

    Cat. 39, 21:

    amplius frumenti auferre,

    Cic. Verr. 3, 49:

    expensum est auri viginti paulo amplius,

    id. Fl. 6, 8:

    amplius negotii contrahi,

    id. Cat. 4, 9:

    si amplius obsidum vellet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9, ubi v. Herz.:

    quanto ejus amplius processerat temporis,

    id. B. C. 3, 25.—
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Of internal power or force, great, strong, violent, impetuous:

    pro viribus amplis,

    Lucr. 5, 1174:

    amplae vires peditum,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 75;

    ampla nepotum Spes,

    Prop. 4, 22, 41:

    poena sera, sed ampla,

    full, strict, id. 4, 5, 32. — Comp.:

    haec irae factae essent multo ampliores,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 9:

    si forte morbus amplior factus siet, i. e. gravior,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 50:

    amplior metus,

    Cic. Clu. 128:

    amplior potentia feris,

    Plin. 28, 10, 42, § 153:

    ampliorem dicendi facultatem consequi,

    Quint. 2, 3, 4:

    amplior eoque acrior impetus,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    spes amplior,

    Sall. J. 105, 4:

    amplius accipietis judicium,

    severer, Vulg. Matt. 23, 14:

    amplior auctoritas,

    Plin. 37, 3, 12, § 47:

    amplior virtus,

    higher merit, Quint. 8, 3, 83:

    idem aut amplior cultus (dei),

    Plin. 28, 2, 4, § 18:

    amplior est quaestio,

    Quint. 3, 5, 8:

    ampliora verba,

    of larger meaning, id. 8, 4, 2: scientia intellegentiaque ac sapientia ampliores inventae sunt in te, Vulg. Dan. 5, 14:

    quo legatis animus amplior esset,

    Sall. C. 40, 6; 59, 1:

    spiritus amplior,

    Vulg. Dan. 5, 12; 6, 3.— Sup.:

    (honos) pro amplissimis meritis redditur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 41:

    cujus sideris (Caniculae) effectus amplissimi in terra sentiuntur,

    very violent, Plin. 2, 40, 40, § 107:

    amplissima spes,

    Suet. Caes. 7:

    his finis cognitionis amplissimae,

    most important trial, Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 23.—
    B.
    Of external splendor, great, handsome, magnificent, splendid, glorious:

    illis ampla satis forma, pudicitia,

    great enough, Prop. 1, 2, 24:

    haec ampla sunt, haec divina,

    Cic. Sest. 102; id. Arch. 23:

    res gestae satis amplae,

    Sall. C. 8, 2:

    cur parum amplis adfecerit praemiis,

    Cic. Mil. 57:

    ampla quidem, sed pro ingentibus meritis praemia acceperunt,

    Tac. A. 14, 53:

    amplum in modum praemia ostentare,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 26, 6:

    amplis honoribus usi,

    Sall. J. 25, 4:

    amplis honoribus auctos,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 11.—Sometimes in mal. part. or ironically:

    amplam occasionem calumniae nactus,

    a fine opportunity, Cic. Verr. 2, 61:

    spolia ampla refertis Tuque puerque tuus,

    glorious spoils, Verg. A. 4, 93.— Comp.:

    ne ullum munus aedilitatis amplius aut gratius populo esse possit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5; id. Mur. 37:

    praemiis ad perdiscendum amplioribus commoveri,

    id. de Or. 1, 4, 13:

    alicui ampliorem laudem tribuere,

    id. Sest. 27:

    in aliqua re esse laudem ampliorem,

    id. Marcell. 4:

    corporis membris plus dedit, id amplius atque augustius ratus (Zeuxis),

    Quint. 12, 10, 5:

    ut Augustus vocaretur ampliore cognomine,

    Suet. Aug. 7.— Subst.:

    in potestatibus eo modo agitabat, ut ampliore, quam gerebat, dignus haberetur,

    of something greater, Sall. J. 63, 5.— Sup.:

    ut consules monumentum quam amplissimum faciundum curent,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 38; 14, 31; id. Verr. 4, 82:

    hoc munus aedilitatis amplissimum,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 36; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 1, 74:

    alicui amplissimas potestates dare,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31:

    insignibus amplissimis ornatus,

    id. ib. 2, 101:

    dona amplissima conferre,

    Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 9:

    praemia legatis dedistis amplissima,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 5; id. Phil. 2, 32:

    spe amplissimorum praemiorum adduci,

    id. Mil. 5; id. de Or. 1, 5, 16:

    velut praemium quoddam amplissimum longi laboris,

    Quint. 10, 7, 1:

    munera amplissima mittere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    vestris beneficiis amplissimis adfectus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 51; id. Dom. 98:

    laudi amplissimae lauream concedere,

    id. Pis. 74:

    laudibus amplissimis adficere,

    id. Phil. 7, 11:

    amplissimam gloriam consequi,

    id. Prov. Cons. 39:

    ut eum amplissimo regis honore et nomine adfeceris,

    id. Deiot. 14:

    amplissimis aliquem efferre honoribus,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 17, 3:

    amplissimis uti honoribus,

    Cic. Fl. 45:

    amplissimos honores adipisci,

    id. Verr. 5, 181:

    honores adsequi amplissimos,

    id. Mil. 81:

    aliquem ad honores amplissimos perducere,

    id. Am. 20, 73:

    meus labor fructum est amplissimum consecutus,

    id. Imp. Pomp 2:

    mihi gratiae verbis amplissimis aguntur,

    in the handsomest termis, id. Cat. 3, 14; id. Phil. 2, 13; id. Quir. 15:

    ei amplissimis verbis gratias egimus,

    id. Phil. 1, 3:

    provincia Gallia merito ornatur verbis amplissimis ab senatu,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    amplissimis verbis conlaudatus,

    Suet. Caes. 16:

    amplissimo populi senatusque judicio exercitus habuistis,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 12; id. Fl. 5; id. Dom. 86; id. Planc. 93:

    de meo consulatu amplissima atque ornatissima decreta fecerunt,

    id. Dom. 74:

    quam universi populi, illius gentis, amplissimum testimonium (said of Cic.),

    Plin. 7, 30, 31, § 116.—
    C.
    In respect of the opinion of others, esteemed, renowned, etc.:

    quicquid est, quamvis amplum sit, id est parum tum cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    quid hunc hominem magnum aut amplum de re publica cogitare (putare possumus), qui etc.,

    great or noble, id. Imp. Pomp. 37:

    omnia, quae vobis cara atque ampla sunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 9; id. Arch. 23:

    convenerunt corrogati et quidem ampli quidam homines,

    id. Phil. 3, 20:

    hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,

    small and great, Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 28:

    amplis doctoribus instructus,

    Tac. A. 14, 52:

    sin autem sunt amplae et honestae familiae plebeiae,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 15.— Comp.:

    cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    ampliores ordines,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 77, where Dinter reads priores: quo (ingenio) neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est, [p. 112] Sall. J. 2, 4:

    nihil amplius potes (tribuere) amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    quid amplius facitis?

    Vulg. Matt. 5, 47.— Sup.:

    ex amplissimo genere nubere,

    Cic. Cael. 34:

    amplissimo genere natus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    genere copiisque amplissimus, id. ib 6, 15: quam (familiam) vidit amplissimam,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12:

    amplissimos patruos habere,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 147:

    amplissima civitas,

    id. Verr. 5, 122:

    apud illos Fabiorum nomen est amplissimum,

    id. Font. 36; id. Caecin. 104; id. Verr. 3, 96; id. Deiot. 14:

    mihi hic locus ad agendum amplissimus est visus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    non adgrediar ad illa maxima atque amplissima prius quam etc.,

    id. Sest. 5:

    licet tribuas ei quantum amplissimum potes, nihil tamen amplius potes amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplissimis operibus increscere,

    id. ib. 8, 4, 3:

    honores in amplissimo consilio collocare,

    Cic. Sen. 2:

    amplissimi orbis terrae consilii principes,

    id. Phil. 3, 34: honoris amplissimi puto esse accusare improbos, I esteem it to be the greatest honor, etc., id. Div. in Caecil. 70:

    promotus ad amplissimas procurationes,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 31, 3:

    praeter honores amplissimos cognomenque etc.,

    Plin. 7, 44, 45, § 142:

    spes amplissimae dignitatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 49; id. Sen. 19, 68; Suet. Vit. 2.—
    D.
    Hence, amplissimus (almost always thus in sup.) as a title for persons holding great and honored offices, as consul, senator, etc., or as an honorable epithet of the office itself or the body of officers, distinguished, very distinguished, honorable, right honorable, most honorable, etc.:

    is mihi videtur amplissimus, qui sua virtute in altiorem locum pervenit,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 83:

    homo et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimus,

    id. Mur. 8:

    P. Africanus rebus gestis amplissimus,

    id. Caecin. 69:

    ut homines amplissimi testimonium de sua re non dicerent,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 102; id. Clu. 197:

    Q. Catuli atque ceterorum amplissimorum hominum auctoritas,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 63:

    vir amplissimus ejus civitatis,

    id. Verr. 4, 17; id. Fl. 32:

    exercitum Cn. Domitii, amplissimi viri, sustentavit,

    id. Deiot. 5, 14:

    cum habeas amplissimi viri religionem (of L. Lucullus),

    id. Arch. 4, 8; id. Lig. 22:

    in quo consilio amplissimi viri judicarent,

    id. Mil. 5; id. Balb. 1; id. Dom. 2:

    comitatus virorum amplissimorum,

    id. Sull. 9:

    viros primarios atque amplissimos civitatis in consilium advocare,

    id. Verr. 3, 18:

    ordinis amplissimi esse,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 13, 1; 37, 6:

    cives amplissimos legare,

    Cic. Balb. 42:

    hoc amplissimum nomen, i. e. senatorium,

    id. Verr. 3, 96:

    amplissimus honos, i. e. consulatus,

    id. Rep. 1, 6; so,

    amplissimo praeditus magistratu,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    amplissimus ordo, i. e. senatorius,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 3; Suet. Calig. 49:

    amplissimi ordines, i. e. senatus et equites,

    id. Vesp. 9:

    amplissimum collegium decemvirale,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:

    an vero vir amplissimus, P. Scipio, pontifex maximus, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 3:

    amplissimum sacerdotium,

    id. Verr. 2, 126; id. Phil. 13, 8:

    sacerdotium amplissimum,

    id. Verr. 2, 127.—
    E.
    As rhet. epithet:

    amplus orator,

    one that speaks richly and with dignity, Cic. Or. 9; id. Brut. 68:

    herous (pes), qui est idem dactylus Aristoteli amplior, iambus humanior videatur,

    grander, more stately, Quint. 9, 4, 88:

    amplius compositionis genus,

    more copious style, id. 9, 4, 129.— Adv. (on the extent of the use of the different forms of the adverb, v. supra init.), largely, abundantly, copiously.
    I.
    Lit.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    benigne ei largi atque ampliter,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    aptate munde atque ampliter convivium,

    Pomp. Com. Rel. p. 234 Rib.:

    extructam ampliter mensam,

    Lucil. 13, 7 Mull.:

    opsonato ampliter,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 65:

    adpositum est ampliter,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 163:

    acceptus hilare atque ampliter,

    id. Merc. prol. 98:

    modeste melius facere sumptum quam ampliter,

    id. Stich. 5, 4, 10:

    parum (digitulos) immersisti ampliter,

    not deep enough, id. Bacch. 4, 4, 26.—
    b.
    Form amplē:

    exornat ample magnificeque triclinium,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 62: qui ample valetudinarios nutriunt, in great numbers (v. the context), Cels. praef. med.
    II.
    Trop., fully, handsomely.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    ampliter dicere,

    fully, particularly, Gell. 10, 3, 4:

    laudare ampliter,

    id. 2, 6, 11.—
    b.
    Form amplē: duo genera sunt: unum attenuate presseque, alterum sublate ampleque dicentium, with great fulness, richly (v. amplus, II. E.), Cic. Brut. 55, 201; so,

    elate ampleque loqui,

    id. Tusc. 5, 9, 24:

    satis ample sonabant in Pompeiani nominis locum Cato et Scipio,

    full grandly filled the place of, Flor. 4, 2, 65.— Comp.: amplĭus, more, longer, further, besides (syn.: ultra, praeterea); of time, number, and action (while plus denotes more in quantity, measure, etc.; magis, more, in the comparison of quality, and sometimes of action; and potius, rather, the choice between different objects or acts), constr. absol., with comp. abl., and, in the case of numerals, like minus, plus, propius, q. v., without quam with the nom., acc., or gen., or rarely with the abl. comp., or with quam, but chiefly in the post-Aug. per.; cf. Zumpt, § 485; Madv. § 305; Roby, § 1273; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 4, 12; and Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 521 sq.
    a.
    In gen.:

    deliberatum est non tacere [me] amplius,

    Afran. Com. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:

    otium ubi erit, de istis rebus tum amplius tecum loquar,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18:

    cui amplius male faxim,

    id. Aul. 3, 2, 6: De. Etiam? Li. Amplius, id. As. 1, 1, 29: Ar. Vale. Ph. Aliquanto amplius valerem, si hic maneres, id. ib. 3, 3, 2:

    etiam faxo amabit (eam) amplius,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 40:

    multo tanto illum accusabo, quam te accusavi, amplius,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 49:

    quo populum servare potissit amplius,

    Lucil. 1, 15 Mull.:

    At ego amplius dico,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 26:

    amplius posse,

    Sall. J. 69, 2:

    armis amplius valere,

    id. ib. 111, 1:

    si lamentetur miser amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 953:

    tribus vobis opsonatumst an opsono amplius Tibi et parasito et mulieri?

    besides, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 45:

    Quam vellem invitatum, ut nobiscum esset amplius,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    in illo exercitu cuncta (probra) fuere et alia amplius,

    Sall. J. 44, 5:

    felices ter et amplius,

    Hor. C. 1, 13, 17:

    binas aut amplius domos continuare,

    Sall. C. 20, 11:

    ter nec amplius,

    Suet. Caes. 25:

    cum non solum de his scripserit, sed amplius praecepta (reliquerit),

    Quint. 12, 11, 24:

    multa promi amplius possunt,

    Plin. 2, 17, 15, § 77:

    si studere amplius possum,

    Quint. 6, prooem. 4:

    auram communem amplius haurire potui?

    id. 6, prooem. 12:

    sagum, quod amplius est,

    Vulg. Exod. 26, 12.—
    b.
    And so very often with the pron. quid, etc.; with the negatives nihil, non, neque, nec, ne; and sometimes with nemo and haud.
    (α).
    With quid, etc.:

    Quid faciam amplius?

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 14, and Cic. Har. Resp. 42:

    quid dicam amplius?

    Quint. 8, 4, 7:

    quid a me amplius dicendum putatis?

    Cic. Verr. 3, 60:

    quid quaeris amplius?

    id. Sex. Rosc. 145; id. Dom. 41; id. Verr. 2, 191:

    quid vultis amplius?

    id. Mil. 35:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    quid exspectatis amplius?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 174:

    quid amplius exspectabo,

    Vulg. 4 Reg. 6, 33:

    quid loquar amplius de hoc homine?

    Cic. Caecin. 25:

    quid amplius laboremus?

    Quint. 8, prooem. 31:

    quid habet amplius homo?

    Vulg. Eccl. 1, 3; 6, 8:

    quid ego aliud exoptem amplius, nisi etc.,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 134:

    quid amplius debeam optare?

    Quint. 4, 1, 51: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 11; Ter. And. 2, 1, 25: De. An quid est etiam amplius? He. Vero amplius, id. Ad. 3, 4, 22:

    quid est quod tibi mea ars efficere hoc possit amplius?

    more than this, id. And. 1, 1, 4:

    Etenim quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 6; id. Sull. 90:

    si quid amplius scit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:

    si quid ego addidero amplius,

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 13:

    si amplius aliquid gloriatus fuero,

    Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 8.—And often hoc amplius, where hoc is commonly an abl., but sometimes may be regarded as a nom. or an acc.:

    hoc amplius si quid poteris,

    any thing beyond this, Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 44: et hoc amplius (additur), quod etc., and this further, that etc., id. Sull. 44; so Quint. 5, 13, 36:

    de paedagogis hoc amplius, ut aut sint etc.,

    id. 1, 1, 8:

    Mario urbe Italiaque interdicendum, Marciano hoc amplius, Africa,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 19; Quint. 1, 5, 50; 1, 5, 55; sometimes in plur., his amplius:

    his amplius apud eundem (est) etc.,

    Quint. 9, 3, 15;

    so rarely eo amplius: inferiasque his annua religione, publice instituit, et eo amplius matri Circenses,

    Suet. Calig. 15:

    quaeris quid potuerit amplius adsequi,

    Cic. Planc. 60: prius quam (hic) turbarum quid faciat amplius, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 93:

    quare jam te cur amplius excrucies?

    Cat. 76, 10.—
    (β).
    With nihil, etc.:

    habet nihil amplius quam lutum,

    Lucil. 9, 46 Mull.:

    nihil habui amplius, quod praeciperem,

    Quint. 7, 1, 64:

    nihil enim dixit amplius,

    Cic. Deiot. 21:

    Nihil dico amplius: causa dicta est,

    I say no more; I have done with my case, id. ib. 8:

    nihil amplius dico, nisi me etc.,

    id. Planc. 96:

    nihil amplius dicam quam victoriam etc.,

    id. Marcell. 17.—Hence, nihil dico or dicam amplius, when one fears to wound by declaring his opinion, etc., I say no more, have nothing further to say or add:

    vetus est, Nihili cocio est. Scis cujus? non dico amplius,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51:

    si, quod equitis Romani filius est, inferior esse debuit: omnes tecum equitum Romanorum filii petiverunt. Nihil dico amplius,

    Cic. Planc. 7 (tacite significat eos dignitate inferiores esse Plancio, Manut. ad h.l.):

    Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam quam id, quod etc.,

    id. Marcell. 6, 17:

    amplius nihil respondit,

    Vulg. Marc. 15, 5:

    nihil amplius addens,

    ib. Deut. 5, 22:

    nihil noverunt amplius,

    ib. Eccl. 9, 5:

    nihil amplius optet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 46:

    nihil amplius potes,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplius quod desideres, nihil erit,

    this will leave nothing to be desired, Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    nil amplius oro, nisi ut etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 4:

    ipse Augustus nihil amplius quam equestri familia ortum se scribit,

    Suet. Aug. 2:

    si non amplius, ad lustrum hoc protolleret unum,

    Lucil. 1, 33 Mull.:

    non luctabor tecum, Crasse, amplius,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 17, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 34, 98:

    verbum non amplius addam,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 121:

    non amplius me objurgabis,

    Quint. 5, 10, 47:

    non amplius posse,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 3, 82, 19 Kritz:

    non habent amplius quid faciant,

    Vulg. Luc. 12, 4: non videbitis amplius faciem meam. ib. Gen. 44, 23; ib. Heb. 10, 17:

    amplius illa jam non inveniet,

    ib. Apoc. 18, 14:

    studium, quo non aliud ad dignitatem amplius excogitari potest,

    Tac. Or. 5:

    extra me non est alia amplius,

    Vulg. Soph. 2, 15:

    neque hoc amplius quam quod vides nobis quicquamst,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 5, 21:

    neque va dari amplius neque etc.,

    Cic. Quinct. 23:

    nec jam amplius ullae Adparent terrae,

    Verg. A. 3, 192; 3, 260; 5, 8; 9, 426; 9, 519; 11, 807; 12, 680; id. G. 4, 503:

    nec irascar amplius,

    Vulg. Ezech. 16, 42; ib. Apoc. 7, 16:

    ne amplius dona petas,

    Cat. 68, 14:

    urere ne possit calor amplius aridus artus,

    Lucr. 4, 874;

    ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    ut ne quem amplius posthac discipulum reciperet,

    Suet. Gram. 17:

    ne amplius morando Scaurum incenderet,

    Sall. J. 25, 10; id. Fragm. Hist. 1, 2, 10 Kritz;

    3, 82, 17: ne amplius divulgetur,

    Vulg. Act. 4, 17:

    ut nequaquam amplius per eamdem viam revertamini,

    ib. Deut. 17, 16:

    nolite amplius accipere pecuniam,

    ib. 4 Reg. 12, 7.—
    (γ).
    With nemo:

    cur non restipulatur neminem amplius petiturum?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 12, 36:

    cum amplius nemo occurreret,

    nobody further, no one more, Curt. 8, 10, 2; so,

    neminem amplius viderunt,

    Vulg. Marc. 9, 7:

    nemo emet amplius,

    no one will buy any longer, any more, ib. Apoc. 18, 11 (for cases of haud with amplius, v. c. a and g).—
    c.
    With numerals and numeral forms.
    (α).
    Without quam:

    amplius horam suffixum in cruce me memini esse,

    Cat. 69, 3:

    horam amplius jam in demoliendo signo homines moliebantur,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 95:

    amplius annos triginta tribunus fuerat,

    Sall. C. 59, 6:

    me non amplius novem annos nato,

    Nep. Hann. 2, 3:

    per annos amplius quadraginta,

    Suet. Aug. 72; 32:

    quid si tandem amplius triennium est?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 8:

    Tu faciem illius noctem non amplius unam Falle dolo,

    Verg. A. 1, 683:

    inveniebat Sabim flumen non amplius milia passuum decem abesse,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 16; 4, 12:

    reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, mons continet,

    id. ib. 1, 28;

    2, 29: amplius sestertium ducentiens acceptum hereditatibus rettuli,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 40; id. Fl. 68; so Plin. Ep. 10, 39, 1:

    huic paulo amplius tertiam partem denegem?

    id. ib. 5, 7, 3:

    cum eum amplius centum cives Romani cognoscerent,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14; 5, 155:

    victi amplius ducenti ceciderunt,

    Liv. 21, 29, 3: non amplius quattuordecim cohortes, Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C:

    ex omni multitudine non amplius quadraginta locum cepere,

    Sall. J. 58, 3: torrentes amplius centum, [p. 113] Plin. 5, 28, 29, § 103; 9, 5, 4, § 10.—And very rarely placed after the numeral:

    qui septingentos jam annos amplius numquam mutatis legibus vivunt,

    Cic. Fl. 63:

    pugnatum duas amplius horas,

    Liv. 25, 19, 15 Weissenb.:

    duo haud amplius milia peditum effugerunt,

    id. 28, 2:

    decem amplius versus perdidimus,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 12:

    tris pateat caeli spatium non amplius ulnas,

    Verg. E. 3, 105.—
    (β).
    With the comp. abl. (rare but class.):

    cum jam amplius horis sex continenter pugnaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5; 4, 37:

    pugnatum amplius duabus horis est,

    Liv. 27, 12:

    neque triennio amplius supervixit,

    Suet. Caes. 89:

    uti non amplius quinis aut senis milibus passuum interesset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15; 1, 23; 2, 7;

    6, 29: non amplius patet milibus quinque et triginta,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 4, 1, 34 Kritz:

    est ab capite paulo amplius mille passibus locus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 90, 1:

    ab Capsa non amplius duum milium intervallo,

    Sall. J. 91, 3:

    (Catilina) cum initio non amplius duobus milibus (militum) habuisset,

    id. C. 56, 2; so,

    denas alii, alii plures (uxores) habent, set reges eo amplius,

    id. J. 80, 7.—

    And prob. the following ambiguous cases: cum mille non amplius equitibus,

    Sall. J. 105, 3:

    oppidum non amplius mille passuum abesse,

    id. ib. 68, 3.—
    (γ).
    With quam (postAug. and eccl.):

    non amplius, cum plurimum, quam septem horas dormiebat,

    Suet. Aug. 78:

    nec amplius quam septem et viginti dies Brundisii commoratus,

    id. ib. 17:

    Toto triennio semel omnino eam nec amplius quam uno die paucissimis vidit horis,

    id. Tib. 51:

    demoratus dies non amplius quam octo aut decem,

    Vulg. Act. 25, 6:

    ut non amplius apud te quam quarta (pars) remaneret,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 19:

    ut vexillum veteranorum, non amplius quam quingenti numero, copias fuderint,

    Tac. A. 3, 21:

    haud amplius quam ducentos misit,

    id. ib. 14, 32:

    insidiantur ei ex iis viri amplius quam quadraginta,

    Vulg. Act. 23, 21.—
    d. (α).
    Amplius, t. t. of judges when they deferred an important case for future examination:

    Amplius adeo prolixum temporis spatium significat, ut judices quotienscunque significarent, adhuc se audire velle, amplius dicebant. Itaque negotium differebant, unde hodieque ampliari judicium differri dicitur,

    Charis. 176 P.; so Don. ad Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 39; cf.

    also amplio and ampliatio: cum consules re audita amplius de consilii sententia pronuntiavissent,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 86:

    antea vel judicari primo poterat vel amplius pronuntiari,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26:

    ut de Philodamo amplius pronuntiaretur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 29.—

    And metaph.: ego amplius deliberandum censeo,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 17.—
    (β).
    Amplius non petere, judicial t. phr., to bring no further action, to make no further claim:

    quid ita satis non dedit, AMPLIVS [A SE] NEMINEM PETITVRVM?

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 35:

    Tibi ego, Brute, non solvam, nisi prius a te cavero amplius eo nomine neminem, cujus petitio sit, petiturum,

    id. Brut. 5, 18:

    sunt duo, quae te rogo: primum, ut si quid satis dandum erit, AMPLIVS EO NOMINE NON PETI, cures etc.,

    id. Fam. 13, 28 A:

    quod ille recusarit satis dare amplius abs te non peti,

    id. Att. 1, 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    Hoc amplius, beside the general use given above (II. Comp. b. a), as t. phr. of senators when they approved a measure, but amended it by addition:

    Servilio adsentior et HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, magnum Pompeium fecisse etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 21, 50:

    cui cum essem adsensus, decrevi HOC AMPLIVS, ut etc.,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 5, 1;

    so Seneca: fortasse et post omnes citatus nihil improbabo ex iis, quae priores decreverint, et dicam HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, Vit. Beat. 3, 2: Quaedam ex istis sunt, quibus adsentire possumus, sed HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO,

    id. Q. N. 3, 15, 1.—
    (δ).
    To this may be added the elliptical phrases, nihil amplius and si nihil amplius:

    nihil amplius, denoting that there is nothing further than has been declared: sese ipsum abs te repetit. Nihil amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 5, 49, 128;

    (res publica) ulta suas injurias est per vos interitu tyranni. Nihil amplius,

    id. Fam. 12, 1, 2; and, si nihil amplius, marking a limit, if nothing more, at least:

    excedam tectis? An, si nihil amplius, obstem?

    Ov. M. 9, 148.
    The form amplius has the ambiguity of the Engl.
    word more, which is sometimes an adj., sometimes a subst., and sometimes an adv., and some of the above examples would admit of different classifications; as, non amplius dicere, not to speak further (adv.) or not to say more (subst.), Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51; but some of them would admit of only one explanation;

    as, ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43. Sup.: amplissimē.
    I.
    Lit., very largely, most abundantly:

    ut quibus militibus amplissime (agri) dati adsignati essent,

    in the largest shares, Cic. Phil. 5, 53:

    duumviri (deos) tribus quam amplissume tum apparari poterat stratis lectis placavere,

    Liv. 5, 13, 6 Weissenb.—
    II.
    Fig., most generously, most handsomely:

    qui amplissime de salute mea decreverint,

    Cic. Dom. 44:

    amplissime laudare,

    in the handsomest style, Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 11; Suet. Calig. 15:

    honores amplissime gessit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 112:

    pater cum amplissime ex praetura triumphasset,

    with the greatest pomp, id. Mur. 15:

    placere eum quam amplissime supremo suo die efferri,

    should be carried forth with every possible solemnity, id. Phil. 9, 7, 16. V. on this word, Hand, Turs. I. pp. 287-296.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amplissime

  • 119 amplus

    amplus, a, um, adj. [some regard this as a shortened form of anapleôs, = filled up, full; others, as for ambulus from amb-, rounded out, as superus from super, etc.; v. Doed. Syn. II. p. 113; but perh. it is better to form it from am- and -plus, akin to -pleo, plenus, q. v. Pott], thus pr., full all round; hence, great, large. —In space, of large extent, great, large, wide, ample, spacious (the forms amplus and amplior are very rare in the ante-class. per., and rare in all periods. Amplius is com. in the ante-class., freq. in the class., and very freq. in the post-class. per., the Vulg. rarely using the other forms, but using this 121 times. Amplissimus belongs to prose, and is scarcely used before Cicero, with whom it was a very favorite word. It was also used by Plin. Maj. and Min., but never by Tac., Sall. (in his genuine works), nor the Vulg. Catullus used only the form amplius, and Prop. only amplus, while Tib. and Pers. never used this word in any form. Ampliter is found mostly in Plaut.; and ample and amplissime are used a few times by Cic. and by writers that followed him; syn.: magnus, ingens, latus, late patens, spatiosus, laxus).
    I.
    Lit.:

    amplus et spectu protervo ferox,

    Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 94 Rib.:

    qui (Pluto) ter amplum Geryonen compescit unda,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 7:

    ampla domus dedecori domino fit, si est in ea solitudo,

    Cic. Off. 1, 39, 139; so Verg. A. 2, 310:

    admodum amplum et excelsum signum,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 74:

    collis castris parum amplus,

    Sall. J. 98, 3:

    porticibus in amplis,

    Verg. A. 3, 353:

    per amplum mittimur Elysium,

    id. ib. 6, 743:

    vocemque per ampla volutant Atria,

    id. ib. 1, 725:

    nil vulva pulchrius ampla,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 41:

    amplae aures,

    Plin. 11, 52, 114, § 274:

    milium amplum grano,

    id. 18, 7, 10, § 55:

    cubiculum amplum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 6:

    baptisterium amplum atque opacum,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 25.— Comp.:

    quanto est res amplior,

    Lucr. 2, 1133:

    Amplior Urgo et Capraria,

    Plin. 3, 6, 12, § 81:

    avis paulo amplior passere,

    id. 10, 32, 47, § 89:

    amplior specie mortali,

    Suet. Aug. 94; id. Caes. 76 (for the neutr. amplius, v. infra).— Sup.:

    amplissima curia... gymnasium amplissimum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53:

    urbs amplissima atque ornatissima,

    id. Agr. 2, 76:

    amplissimum peristylum,

    id. Dom. 116:

    (candelabrum) ad amplissimi templi ornatum esse factum,

    id. Verr. 4, 65:

    mons Italiae amplissimus,

    Plin. 3, 5, 7, § 48:

    amplissimum flumen,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 3:

    amplissimus lacus,

    id. ib. 10, 41, 2:

    amplissima insula,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 71:

    amplissimi horti,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 18, 11:

    amplissima arborum,

    Plin. 16, 39, 76, § 200:

    est (topazon) amplissima gemmarum,

    id. 37, 8, 32, § 109:

    amplissimum cubiculum,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 23.—
    B.
    Transf., great, abundant, ample, much, long:

    bono atque amplo lucro,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 6 and Ep. 2, 2, 117:

    pabula miseris mortalibus ampla,

    Lucr. 5, 944:

    ampla civitas,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 81; 4, 96:

    civitas ampla atque florens,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 3:

    gens ampla,

    Plin. 5, 30, 33, § 125:

    amplae copiae,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 19:

    ampla manus militum,

    Liv. Epit. 1, 4, 9:

    pecuaria res ampla,

    Cic. Quinct. 12:

    res familiaris ampla,

    id. Phil. 13, 8:

    (res) ampla,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 3, 82, 20 Kritz:

    patrimonium amplum et copiosum,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 6; id. Dom. 146: id. Phil. 2, 67:

    amplae divitiae,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 101:

    esse patri ejus amplas facultates,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 9:

    in amplis opibus heres,

    Plin. 9, 36, 59, § 122.— Comp.:

    amplior numerus,

    Cic. Mil. 57; Sall. J. 105, 3; Tac. A. 14, 53:

    ampliores aquae,

    Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 58:

    amplior exercitus,

    Sall. J. 54, 3; Suet. Vesp. 4:

    commeatus spe amplior,

    Sall. J. 75, 8:

    amplior pecunia, Auct. B. Alex. 56: pecunia amplior,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 11, 2:

    pretia ampliora,

    Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 84:

    omnia longe ampliora invenire quam etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 10:

    ampliores noctes,

    Plin. 18, 26, 63, § 232:

    ut ampliori tempore maneret,

    Vulg. Act. 18, 20.— Sup.:

    peditatus copiae amplissimae e Gallia,

    Cic. Font. 8:

    exercitus amplissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; 9, 13, 11:

    amplissima pecunia,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 31:

    amplissimae fortunae,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 8; id. Quinct. 49; id. Phil. 10, 4:

    amplissimae patrimonii copiae,

    id. Fl. 89:

    amplissimas summas emptionibus occupare,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 2, 3:

    opes amplissimae,

    id. ib. 8, 18, 4:

    amplissima dies horarum quindecim etc.,

    the longest day, Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 218.—Also subst. in comp. neutr. (v. amplius, adv. infra), more:

    ut quirem exaudire amplius,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    si vis amplius dari, Dabitur,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 18:

    jam amplius orat,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 19:

    daturus non sum amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 29:

    non complectar in his libris amplius quam quod etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 22:

    tantum adfero quantum ipse optat, atque etiam amplius,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 10:

    ni amplius etiam, quod ebibit,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 20: Ph. Etiamne amplius? Th. Nil, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 63: Tr. Dimidium Volo ut dicas. Gr. Immo hercle etiam amplius, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 21: Th. Nempe octoginta debentur huic minae? Tr. Haud nummo amplius, id. Most. 3, 3, 16:

    etiam amplius illam adparare condecet,

    Turp. Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.:

    hoc onere suscepto amplexus animo sum aliquanto amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1:

    si sit opus liquidi non amplius urna,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 54:

    omnis numerus amplius octingentis milibus explebat,

    Vell. 2, 110, 3:

    Segestanis imponebat aliquanto amplius quam etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 76:

    illa corona contentus Thrasybulus neque amplius requisivit,

    Nep. Thras. 4, 3:

    amplius possidere,

    Plin. 18, 4, 3, § 17:

    Ille imperio ei reddito haud amplius, quam ut duo ex tribus filiis secum militarent, exegit,

    Curt. 8, 4, 21:

    dedit quantum maximum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 21, 6:

    cum hoc amplius praestet, quod etc.,

    id. ib. 7, 25, 1.—Also with part. gen., more of, a greater quantity or number of:

    gaudeo tibi liberorum esse amplius,

    Plaut. Cist. 5, 4:

    te amplius bibisse praedicet loti,

    Cat. 39, 21:

    amplius frumenti auferre,

    Cic. Verr. 3, 49:

    expensum est auri viginti paulo amplius,

    id. Fl. 6, 8:

    amplius negotii contrahi,

    id. Cat. 4, 9:

    si amplius obsidum vellet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9, ubi v. Herz.:

    quanto ejus amplius processerat temporis,

    id. B. C. 3, 25.—
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Of internal power or force, great, strong, violent, impetuous:

    pro viribus amplis,

    Lucr. 5, 1174:

    amplae vires peditum,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 75;

    ampla nepotum Spes,

    Prop. 4, 22, 41:

    poena sera, sed ampla,

    full, strict, id. 4, 5, 32. — Comp.:

    haec irae factae essent multo ampliores,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 9:

    si forte morbus amplior factus siet, i. e. gravior,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 50:

    amplior metus,

    Cic. Clu. 128:

    amplior potentia feris,

    Plin. 28, 10, 42, § 153:

    ampliorem dicendi facultatem consequi,

    Quint. 2, 3, 4:

    amplior eoque acrior impetus,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    spes amplior,

    Sall. J. 105, 4:

    amplius accipietis judicium,

    severer, Vulg. Matt. 23, 14:

    amplior auctoritas,

    Plin. 37, 3, 12, § 47:

    amplior virtus,

    higher merit, Quint. 8, 3, 83:

    idem aut amplior cultus (dei),

    Plin. 28, 2, 4, § 18:

    amplior est quaestio,

    Quint. 3, 5, 8:

    ampliora verba,

    of larger meaning, id. 8, 4, 2: scientia intellegentiaque ac sapientia ampliores inventae sunt in te, Vulg. Dan. 5, 14:

    quo legatis animus amplior esset,

    Sall. C. 40, 6; 59, 1:

    spiritus amplior,

    Vulg. Dan. 5, 12; 6, 3.— Sup.:

    (honos) pro amplissimis meritis redditur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 41:

    cujus sideris (Caniculae) effectus amplissimi in terra sentiuntur,

    very violent, Plin. 2, 40, 40, § 107:

    amplissima spes,

    Suet. Caes. 7:

    his finis cognitionis amplissimae,

    most important trial, Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 23.—
    B.
    Of external splendor, great, handsome, magnificent, splendid, glorious:

    illis ampla satis forma, pudicitia,

    great enough, Prop. 1, 2, 24:

    haec ampla sunt, haec divina,

    Cic. Sest. 102; id. Arch. 23:

    res gestae satis amplae,

    Sall. C. 8, 2:

    cur parum amplis adfecerit praemiis,

    Cic. Mil. 57:

    ampla quidem, sed pro ingentibus meritis praemia acceperunt,

    Tac. A. 14, 53:

    amplum in modum praemia ostentare,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 26, 6:

    amplis honoribus usi,

    Sall. J. 25, 4:

    amplis honoribus auctos,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 11.—Sometimes in mal. part. or ironically:

    amplam occasionem calumniae nactus,

    a fine opportunity, Cic. Verr. 2, 61:

    spolia ampla refertis Tuque puerque tuus,

    glorious spoils, Verg. A. 4, 93.— Comp.:

    ne ullum munus aedilitatis amplius aut gratius populo esse possit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5; id. Mur. 37:

    praemiis ad perdiscendum amplioribus commoveri,

    id. de Or. 1, 4, 13:

    alicui ampliorem laudem tribuere,

    id. Sest. 27:

    in aliqua re esse laudem ampliorem,

    id. Marcell. 4:

    corporis membris plus dedit, id amplius atque augustius ratus (Zeuxis),

    Quint. 12, 10, 5:

    ut Augustus vocaretur ampliore cognomine,

    Suet. Aug. 7.— Subst.:

    in potestatibus eo modo agitabat, ut ampliore, quam gerebat, dignus haberetur,

    of something greater, Sall. J. 63, 5.— Sup.:

    ut consules monumentum quam amplissimum faciundum curent,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 38; 14, 31; id. Verr. 4, 82:

    hoc munus aedilitatis amplissimum,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 36; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 1, 74:

    alicui amplissimas potestates dare,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31:

    insignibus amplissimis ornatus,

    id. ib. 2, 101:

    dona amplissima conferre,

    Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 9:

    praemia legatis dedistis amplissima,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 5; id. Phil. 2, 32:

    spe amplissimorum praemiorum adduci,

    id. Mil. 5; id. de Or. 1, 5, 16:

    velut praemium quoddam amplissimum longi laboris,

    Quint. 10, 7, 1:

    munera amplissima mittere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    vestris beneficiis amplissimis adfectus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 51; id. Dom. 98:

    laudi amplissimae lauream concedere,

    id. Pis. 74:

    laudibus amplissimis adficere,

    id. Phil. 7, 11:

    amplissimam gloriam consequi,

    id. Prov. Cons. 39:

    ut eum amplissimo regis honore et nomine adfeceris,

    id. Deiot. 14:

    amplissimis aliquem efferre honoribus,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 17, 3:

    amplissimis uti honoribus,

    Cic. Fl. 45:

    amplissimos honores adipisci,

    id. Verr. 5, 181:

    honores adsequi amplissimos,

    id. Mil. 81:

    aliquem ad honores amplissimos perducere,

    id. Am. 20, 73:

    meus labor fructum est amplissimum consecutus,

    id. Imp. Pomp 2:

    mihi gratiae verbis amplissimis aguntur,

    in the handsomest termis, id. Cat. 3, 14; id. Phil. 2, 13; id. Quir. 15:

    ei amplissimis verbis gratias egimus,

    id. Phil. 1, 3:

    provincia Gallia merito ornatur verbis amplissimis ab senatu,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    amplissimis verbis conlaudatus,

    Suet. Caes. 16:

    amplissimo populi senatusque judicio exercitus habuistis,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 12; id. Fl. 5; id. Dom. 86; id. Planc. 93:

    de meo consulatu amplissima atque ornatissima decreta fecerunt,

    id. Dom. 74:

    quam universi populi, illius gentis, amplissimum testimonium (said of Cic.),

    Plin. 7, 30, 31, § 116.—
    C.
    In respect of the opinion of others, esteemed, renowned, etc.:

    quicquid est, quamvis amplum sit, id est parum tum cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    quid hunc hominem magnum aut amplum de re publica cogitare (putare possumus), qui etc.,

    great or noble, id. Imp. Pomp. 37:

    omnia, quae vobis cara atque ampla sunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 9; id. Arch. 23:

    convenerunt corrogati et quidem ampli quidam homines,

    id. Phil. 3, 20:

    hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,

    small and great, Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 28:

    amplis doctoribus instructus,

    Tac. A. 14, 52:

    sin autem sunt amplae et honestae familiae plebeiae,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 15.— Comp.:

    cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    ampliores ordines,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 77, where Dinter reads priores: quo (ingenio) neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est, [p. 112] Sall. J. 2, 4:

    nihil amplius potes (tribuere) amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    quid amplius facitis?

    Vulg. Matt. 5, 47.— Sup.:

    ex amplissimo genere nubere,

    Cic. Cael. 34:

    amplissimo genere natus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    genere copiisque amplissimus, id. ib 6, 15: quam (familiam) vidit amplissimam,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12:

    amplissimos patruos habere,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 147:

    amplissima civitas,

    id. Verr. 5, 122:

    apud illos Fabiorum nomen est amplissimum,

    id. Font. 36; id. Caecin. 104; id. Verr. 3, 96; id. Deiot. 14:

    mihi hic locus ad agendum amplissimus est visus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    non adgrediar ad illa maxima atque amplissima prius quam etc.,

    id. Sest. 5:

    licet tribuas ei quantum amplissimum potes, nihil tamen amplius potes amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplissimis operibus increscere,

    id. ib. 8, 4, 3:

    honores in amplissimo consilio collocare,

    Cic. Sen. 2:

    amplissimi orbis terrae consilii principes,

    id. Phil. 3, 34: honoris amplissimi puto esse accusare improbos, I esteem it to be the greatest honor, etc., id. Div. in Caecil. 70:

    promotus ad amplissimas procurationes,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 31, 3:

    praeter honores amplissimos cognomenque etc.,

    Plin. 7, 44, 45, § 142:

    spes amplissimae dignitatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 49; id. Sen. 19, 68; Suet. Vit. 2.—
    D.
    Hence, amplissimus (almost always thus in sup.) as a title for persons holding great and honored offices, as consul, senator, etc., or as an honorable epithet of the office itself or the body of officers, distinguished, very distinguished, honorable, right honorable, most honorable, etc.:

    is mihi videtur amplissimus, qui sua virtute in altiorem locum pervenit,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 83:

    homo et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimus,

    id. Mur. 8:

    P. Africanus rebus gestis amplissimus,

    id. Caecin. 69:

    ut homines amplissimi testimonium de sua re non dicerent,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 102; id. Clu. 197:

    Q. Catuli atque ceterorum amplissimorum hominum auctoritas,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 63:

    vir amplissimus ejus civitatis,

    id. Verr. 4, 17; id. Fl. 32:

    exercitum Cn. Domitii, amplissimi viri, sustentavit,

    id. Deiot. 5, 14:

    cum habeas amplissimi viri religionem (of L. Lucullus),

    id. Arch. 4, 8; id. Lig. 22:

    in quo consilio amplissimi viri judicarent,

    id. Mil. 5; id. Balb. 1; id. Dom. 2:

    comitatus virorum amplissimorum,

    id. Sull. 9:

    viros primarios atque amplissimos civitatis in consilium advocare,

    id. Verr. 3, 18:

    ordinis amplissimi esse,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 13, 1; 37, 6:

    cives amplissimos legare,

    Cic. Balb. 42:

    hoc amplissimum nomen, i. e. senatorium,

    id. Verr. 3, 96:

    amplissimus honos, i. e. consulatus,

    id. Rep. 1, 6; so,

    amplissimo praeditus magistratu,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    amplissimus ordo, i. e. senatorius,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 3; Suet. Calig. 49:

    amplissimi ordines, i. e. senatus et equites,

    id. Vesp. 9:

    amplissimum collegium decemvirale,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:

    an vero vir amplissimus, P. Scipio, pontifex maximus, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 3:

    amplissimum sacerdotium,

    id. Verr. 2, 126; id. Phil. 13, 8:

    sacerdotium amplissimum,

    id. Verr. 2, 127.—
    E.
    As rhet. epithet:

    amplus orator,

    one that speaks richly and with dignity, Cic. Or. 9; id. Brut. 68:

    herous (pes), qui est idem dactylus Aristoteli amplior, iambus humanior videatur,

    grander, more stately, Quint. 9, 4, 88:

    amplius compositionis genus,

    more copious style, id. 9, 4, 129.— Adv. (on the extent of the use of the different forms of the adverb, v. supra init.), largely, abundantly, copiously.
    I.
    Lit.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    benigne ei largi atque ampliter,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    aptate munde atque ampliter convivium,

    Pomp. Com. Rel. p. 234 Rib.:

    extructam ampliter mensam,

    Lucil. 13, 7 Mull.:

    opsonato ampliter,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 65:

    adpositum est ampliter,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 163:

    acceptus hilare atque ampliter,

    id. Merc. prol. 98:

    modeste melius facere sumptum quam ampliter,

    id. Stich. 5, 4, 10:

    parum (digitulos) immersisti ampliter,

    not deep enough, id. Bacch. 4, 4, 26.—
    b.
    Form amplē:

    exornat ample magnificeque triclinium,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 62: qui ample valetudinarios nutriunt, in great numbers (v. the context), Cels. praef. med.
    II.
    Trop., fully, handsomely.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    ampliter dicere,

    fully, particularly, Gell. 10, 3, 4:

    laudare ampliter,

    id. 2, 6, 11.—
    b.
    Form amplē: duo genera sunt: unum attenuate presseque, alterum sublate ampleque dicentium, with great fulness, richly (v. amplus, II. E.), Cic. Brut. 55, 201; so,

    elate ampleque loqui,

    id. Tusc. 5, 9, 24:

    satis ample sonabant in Pompeiani nominis locum Cato et Scipio,

    full grandly filled the place of, Flor. 4, 2, 65.— Comp.: amplĭus, more, longer, further, besides (syn.: ultra, praeterea); of time, number, and action (while plus denotes more in quantity, measure, etc.; magis, more, in the comparison of quality, and sometimes of action; and potius, rather, the choice between different objects or acts), constr. absol., with comp. abl., and, in the case of numerals, like minus, plus, propius, q. v., without quam with the nom., acc., or gen., or rarely with the abl. comp., or with quam, but chiefly in the post-Aug. per.; cf. Zumpt, § 485; Madv. § 305; Roby, § 1273; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 4, 12; and Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 521 sq.
    a.
    In gen.:

    deliberatum est non tacere [me] amplius,

    Afran. Com. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:

    otium ubi erit, de istis rebus tum amplius tecum loquar,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18:

    cui amplius male faxim,

    id. Aul. 3, 2, 6: De. Etiam? Li. Amplius, id. As. 1, 1, 29: Ar. Vale. Ph. Aliquanto amplius valerem, si hic maneres, id. ib. 3, 3, 2:

    etiam faxo amabit (eam) amplius,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 40:

    multo tanto illum accusabo, quam te accusavi, amplius,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 49:

    quo populum servare potissit amplius,

    Lucil. 1, 15 Mull.:

    At ego amplius dico,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 26:

    amplius posse,

    Sall. J. 69, 2:

    armis amplius valere,

    id. ib. 111, 1:

    si lamentetur miser amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 953:

    tribus vobis opsonatumst an opsono amplius Tibi et parasito et mulieri?

    besides, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 45:

    Quam vellem invitatum, ut nobiscum esset amplius,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    in illo exercitu cuncta (probra) fuere et alia amplius,

    Sall. J. 44, 5:

    felices ter et amplius,

    Hor. C. 1, 13, 17:

    binas aut amplius domos continuare,

    Sall. C. 20, 11:

    ter nec amplius,

    Suet. Caes. 25:

    cum non solum de his scripserit, sed amplius praecepta (reliquerit),

    Quint. 12, 11, 24:

    multa promi amplius possunt,

    Plin. 2, 17, 15, § 77:

    si studere amplius possum,

    Quint. 6, prooem. 4:

    auram communem amplius haurire potui?

    id. 6, prooem. 12:

    sagum, quod amplius est,

    Vulg. Exod. 26, 12.—
    b.
    And so very often with the pron. quid, etc.; with the negatives nihil, non, neque, nec, ne; and sometimes with nemo and haud.
    (α).
    With quid, etc.:

    Quid faciam amplius?

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 14, and Cic. Har. Resp. 42:

    quid dicam amplius?

    Quint. 8, 4, 7:

    quid a me amplius dicendum putatis?

    Cic. Verr. 3, 60:

    quid quaeris amplius?

    id. Sex. Rosc. 145; id. Dom. 41; id. Verr. 2, 191:

    quid vultis amplius?

    id. Mil. 35:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    quid exspectatis amplius?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 174:

    quid amplius exspectabo,

    Vulg. 4 Reg. 6, 33:

    quid loquar amplius de hoc homine?

    Cic. Caecin. 25:

    quid amplius laboremus?

    Quint. 8, prooem. 31:

    quid habet amplius homo?

    Vulg. Eccl. 1, 3; 6, 8:

    quid ego aliud exoptem amplius, nisi etc.,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 134:

    quid amplius debeam optare?

    Quint. 4, 1, 51: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 11; Ter. And. 2, 1, 25: De. An quid est etiam amplius? He. Vero amplius, id. Ad. 3, 4, 22:

    quid est quod tibi mea ars efficere hoc possit amplius?

    more than this, id. And. 1, 1, 4:

    Etenim quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 6; id. Sull. 90:

    si quid amplius scit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:

    si quid ego addidero amplius,

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 13:

    si amplius aliquid gloriatus fuero,

    Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 8.—And often hoc amplius, where hoc is commonly an abl., but sometimes may be regarded as a nom. or an acc.:

    hoc amplius si quid poteris,

    any thing beyond this, Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 44: et hoc amplius (additur), quod etc., and this further, that etc., id. Sull. 44; so Quint. 5, 13, 36:

    de paedagogis hoc amplius, ut aut sint etc.,

    id. 1, 1, 8:

    Mario urbe Italiaque interdicendum, Marciano hoc amplius, Africa,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 19; Quint. 1, 5, 50; 1, 5, 55; sometimes in plur., his amplius:

    his amplius apud eundem (est) etc.,

    Quint. 9, 3, 15;

    so rarely eo amplius: inferiasque his annua religione, publice instituit, et eo amplius matri Circenses,

    Suet. Calig. 15:

    quaeris quid potuerit amplius adsequi,

    Cic. Planc. 60: prius quam (hic) turbarum quid faciat amplius, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 93:

    quare jam te cur amplius excrucies?

    Cat. 76, 10.—
    (β).
    With nihil, etc.:

    habet nihil amplius quam lutum,

    Lucil. 9, 46 Mull.:

    nihil habui amplius, quod praeciperem,

    Quint. 7, 1, 64:

    nihil enim dixit amplius,

    Cic. Deiot. 21:

    Nihil dico amplius: causa dicta est,

    I say no more; I have done with my case, id. ib. 8:

    nihil amplius dico, nisi me etc.,

    id. Planc. 96:

    nihil amplius dicam quam victoriam etc.,

    id. Marcell. 17.—Hence, nihil dico or dicam amplius, when one fears to wound by declaring his opinion, etc., I say no more, have nothing further to say or add:

    vetus est, Nihili cocio est. Scis cujus? non dico amplius,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51:

    si, quod equitis Romani filius est, inferior esse debuit: omnes tecum equitum Romanorum filii petiverunt. Nihil dico amplius,

    Cic. Planc. 7 (tacite significat eos dignitate inferiores esse Plancio, Manut. ad h.l.):

    Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam quam id, quod etc.,

    id. Marcell. 6, 17:

    amplius nihil respondit,

    Vulg. Marc. 15, 5:

    nihil amplius addens,

    ib. Deut. 5, 22:

    nihil noverunt amplius,

    ib. Eccl. 9, 5:

    nihil amplius optet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 46:

    nihil amplius potes,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplius quod desideres, nihil erit,

    this will leave nothing to be desired, Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    nil amplius oro, nisi ut etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 4:

    ipse Augustus nihil amplius quam equestri familia ortum se scribit,

    Suet. Aug. 2:

    si non amplius, ad lustrum hoc protolleret unum,

    Lucil. 1, 33 Mull.:

    non luctabor tecum, Crasse, amplius,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 17, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 34, 98:

    verbum non amplius addam,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 121:

    non amplius me objurgabis,

    Quint. 5, 10, 47:

    non amplius posse,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 3, 82, 19 Kritz:

    non habent amplius quid faciant,

    Vulg. Luc. 12, 4: non videbitis amplius faciem meam. ib. Gen. 44, 23; ib. Heb. 10, 17:

    amplius illa jam non inveniet,

    ib. Apoc. 18, 14:

    studium, quo non aliud ad dignitatem amplius excogitari potest,

    Tac. Or. 5:

    extra me non est alia amplius,

    Vulg. Soph. 2, 15:

    neque hoc amplius quam quod vides nobis quicquamst,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 5, 21:

    neque va dari amplius neque etc.,

    Cic. Quinct. 23:

    nec jam amplius ullae Adparent terrae,

    Verg. A. 3, 192; 3, 260; 5, 8; 9, 426; 9, 519; 11, 807; 12, 680; id. G. 4, 503:

    nec irascar amplius,

    Vulg. Ezech. 16, 42; ib. Apoc. 7, 16:

    ne amplius dona petas,

    Cat. 68, 14:

    urere ne possit calor amplius aridus artus,

    Lucr. 4, 874;

    ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    ut ne quem amplius posthac discipulum reciperet,

    Suet. Gram. 17:

    ne amplius morando Scaurum incenderet,

    Sall. J. 25, 10; id. Fragm. Hist. 1, 2, 10 Kritz;

    3, 82, 17: ne amplius divulgetur,

    Vulg. Act. 4, 17:

    ut nequaquam amplius per eamdem viam revertamini,

    ib. Deut. 17, 16:

    nolite amplius accipere pecuniam,

    ib. 4 Reg. 12, 7.—
    (γ).
    With nemo:

    cur non restipulatur neminem amplius petiturum?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 12, 36:

    cum amplius nemo occurreret,

    nobody further, no one more, Curt. 8, 10, 2; so,

    neminem amplius viderunt,

    Vulg. Marc. 9, 7:

    nemo emet amplius,

    no one will buy any longer, any more, ib. Apoc. 18, 11 (for cases of haud with amplius, v. c. a and g).—
    c.
    With numerals and numeral forms.
    (α).
    Without quam:

    amplius horam suffixum in cruce me memini esse,

    Cat. 69, 3:

    horam amplius jam in demoliendo signo homines moliebantur,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 95:

    amplius annos triginta tribunus fuerat,

    Sall. C. 59, 6:

    me non amplius novem annos nato,

    Nep. Hann. 2, 3:

    per annos amplius quadraginta,

    Suet. Aug. 72; 32:

    quid si tandem amplius triennium est?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 8:

    Tu faciem illius noctem non amplius unam Falle dolo,

    Verg. A. 1, 683:

    inveniebat Sabim flumen non amplius milia passuum decem abesse,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 16; 4, 12:

    reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, mons continet,

    id. ib. 1, 28;

    2, 29: amplius sestertium ducentiens acceptum hereditatibus rettuli,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 40; id. Fl. 68; so Plin. Ep. 10, 39, 1:

    huic paulo amplius tertiam partem denegem?

    id. ib. 5, 7, 3:

    cum eum amplius centum cives Romani cognoscerent,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14; 5, 155:

    victi amplius ducenti ceciderunt,

    Liv. 21, 29, 3: non amplius quattuordecim cohortes, Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C:

    ex omni multitudine non amplius quadraginta locum cepere,

    Sall. J. 58, 3: torrentes amplius centum, [p. 113] Plin. 5, 28, 29, § 103; 9, 5, 4, § 10.—And very rarely placed after the numeral:

    qui septingentos jam annos amplius numquam mutatis legibus vivunt,

    Cic. Fl. 63:

    pugnatum duas amplius horas,

    Liv. 25, 19, 15 Weissenb.:

    duo haud amplius milia peditum effugerunt,

    id. 28, 2:

    decem amplius versus perdidimus,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 12:

    tris pateat caeli spatium non amplius ulnas,

    Verg. E. 3, 105.—
    (β).
    With the comp. abl. (rare but class.):

    cum jam amplius horis sex continenter pugnaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5; 4, 37:

    pugnatum amplius duabus horis est,

    Liv. 27, 12:

    neque triennio amplius supervixit,

    Suet. Caes. 89:

    uti non amplius quinis aut senis milibus passuum interesset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15; 1, 23; 2, 7;

    6, 29: non amplius patet milibus quinque et triginta,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 4, 1, 34 Kritz:

    est ab capite paulo amplius mille passibus locus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 90, 1:

    ab Capsa non amplius duum milium intervallo,

    Sall. J. 91, 3:

    (Catilina) cum initio non amplius duobus milibus (militum) habuisset,

    id. C. 56, 2; so,

    denas alii, alii plures (uxores) habent, set reges eo amplius,

    id. J. 80, 7.—

    And prob. the following ambiguous cases: cum mille non amplius equitibus,

    Sall. J. 105, 3:

    oppidum non amplius mille passuum abesse,

    id. ib. 68, 3.—
    (γ).
    With quam (postAug. and eccl.):

    non amplius, cum plurimum, quam septem horas dormiebat,

    Suet. Aug. 78:

    nec amplius quam septem et viginti dies Brundisii commoratus,

    id. ib. 17:

    Toto triennio semel omnino eam nec amplius quam uno die paucissimis vidit horis,

    id. Tib. 51:

    demoratus dies non amplius quam octo aut decem,

    Vulg. Act. 25, 6:

    ut non amplius apud te quam quarta (pars) remaneret,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 19:

    ut vexillum veteranorum, non amplius quam quingenti numero, copias fuderint,

    Tac. A. 3, 21:

    haud amplius quam ducentos misit,

    id. ib. 14, 32:

    insidiantur ei ex iis viri amplius quam quadraginta,

    Vulg. Act. 23, 21.—
    d. (α).
    Amplius, t. t. of judges when they deferred an important case for future examination:

    Amplius adeo prolixum temporis spatium significat, ut judices quotienscunque significarent, adhuc se audire velle, amplius dicebant. Itaque negotium differebant, unde hodieque ampliari judicium differri dicitur,

    Charis. 176 P.; so Don. ad Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 39; cf.

    also amplio and ampliatio: cum consules re audita amplius de consilii sententia pronuntiavissent,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 86:

    antea vel judicari primo poterat vel amplius pronuntiari,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26:

    ut de Philodamo amplius pronuntiaretur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 29.—

    And metaph.: ego amplius deliberandum censeo,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 17.—
    (β).
    Amplius non petere, judicial t. phr., to bring no further action, to make no further claim:

    quid ita satis non dedit, AMPLIVS [A SE] NEMINEM PETITVRVM?

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 35:

    Tibi ego, Brute, non solvam, nisi prius a te cavero amplius eo nomine neminem, cujus petitio sit, petiturum,

    id. Brut. 5, 18:

    sunt duo, quae te rogo: primum, ut si quid satis dandum erit, AMPLIVS EO NOMINE NON PETI, cures etc.,

    id. Fam. 13, 28 A:

    quod ille recusarit satis dare amplius abs te non peti,

    id. Att. 1, 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    Hoc amplius, beside the general use given above (II. Comp. b. a), as t. phr. of senators when they approved a measure, but amended it by addition:

    Servilio adsentior et HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, magnum Pompeium fecisse etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 21, 50:

    cui cum essem adsensus, decrevi HOC AMPLIVS, ut etc.,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 5, 1;

    so Seneca: fortasse et post omnes citatus nihil improbabo ex iis, quae priores decreverint, et dicam HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, Vit. Beat. 3, 2: Quaedam ex istis sunt, quibus adsentire possumus, sed HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO,

    id. Q. N. 3, 15, 1.—
    (δ).
    To this may be added the elliptical phrases, nihil amplius and si nihil amplius:

    nihil amplius, denoting that there is nothing further than has been declared: sese ipsum abs te repetit. Nihil amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 5, 49, 128;

    (res publica) ulta suas injurias est per vos interitu tyranni. Nihil amplius,

    id. Fam. 12, 1, 2; and, si nihil amplius, marking a limit, if nothing more, at least:

    excedam tectis? An, si nihil amplius, obstem?

    Ov. M. 9, 148.
    The form amplius has the ambiguity of the Engl.
    word more, which is sometimes an adj., sometimes a subst., and sometimes an adv., and some of the above examples would admit of different classifications; as, non amplius dicere, not to speak further (adv.) or not to say more (subst.), Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51; but some of them would admit of only one explanation;

    as, ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43. Sup.: amplissimē.
    I.
    Lit., very largely, most abundantly:

    ut quibus militibus amplissime (agri) dati adsignati essent,

    in the largest shares, Cic. Phil. 5, 53:

    duumviri (deos) tribus quam amplissume tum apparari poterat stratis lectis placavere,

    Liv. 5, 13, 6 Weissenb.—
    II.
    Fig., most generously, most handsomely:

    qui amplissime de salute mea decreverint,

    Cic. Dom. 44:

    amplissime laudare,

    in the handsomest style, Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 11; Suet. Calig. 15:

    honores amplissime gessit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 112:

    pater cum amplissime ex praetura triumphasset,

    with the greatest pomp, id. Mur. 15:

    placere eum quam amplissime supremo suo die efferri,

    should be carried forth with every possible solemnity, id. Phil. 9, 7, 16. V. on this word, Hand, Turs. I. pp. 287-296.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amplus

  • 120 ἐπί

    ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)
    A

    ἐτ IG9(2).517.14

    (iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.
    A WITH GEN.:
    I of Place,
    1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,

    καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536

    ;

    ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12

    ;

    ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700

    ;

    κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345

    : without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)

    ἐλήλατο 10.153

    ; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455

    ;

    ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58

    ;

    οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528

    ;

    πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170

    ; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,

    νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416

    ; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;

    γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705

    (lyr.);

    νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613

    ;

    ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137

    (lyr.);

    οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35

    ;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103

    ; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74

    ;

    ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15

    ; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;

    οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a

    ; later of towns,

    ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16

    (ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;

    κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115

    ; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.
    2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;

    ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141

    (lyr.).
    b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.
    c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,

    εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195

    ; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;

    οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98

    ;

    ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63

    ;

    ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8

    ; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;

    αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40

    ;

    ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16

    ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also

    αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10

    ;

    πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d

    , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.
    d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11;

    οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79

    ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,

    ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90

    ; in X.,

    ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2

    ; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.
    e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,

    ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8

    ;

    ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36

    ; so, before a magistrate or official,

    ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11

    (i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;

    γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18

    ;

    τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d

    ;

    πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29

    ; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).
    f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,

    ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10

    ;

    ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3

    ;

    αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c

    , etc.;

    τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32

    ;

    τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210

    ; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);

    ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64

    ;

    τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7

    ;

    οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631

    ;

    ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2

    ; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,

    λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d

    , R. 524e, etc.;

    ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109

    ;

    ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12

    .
    3 implying Motion:
    a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;

    ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225

    ;

    τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389

    .
    b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.

    εἰς A.1.2

    ,

    ἐν A.1.8

    ), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;

    ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54

    ; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;

    ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79

    (v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,

    προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700

    ;

    τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546

    (but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,

    ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14

    ;

    πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164

    , cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;

    ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64

    ; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.
    c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;

    ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14

    ; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;

    ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν

    with a view to..,

    Pl.Prt. 358b

    ; cf. infr. B. 111.2.
    II of Time, in the time of,

    ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637

    ,23.332;

    ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111

    ; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;

    ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2

    ;

    ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108

    ; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;

    ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32

    ; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;

    ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54

    , cf. X.HG5.1.36;

    αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5

    ; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;

    ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211

    (lyr.);

    ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6

    ; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.
    b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.
    III in various causal senses:
    1 over, of persons in authority,

    ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109

    ; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;

    ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23

    ;

    ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5

    ; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.
    2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;

    ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94

    :

    ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107

    ; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also

    ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2

    .
    3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54

    ; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;

    τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180

    ;

    ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14

    , POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);

    ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90

    ; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).
    4 in respect of,

    ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17

    , cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,

    τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6

    (ii B. C.).
    B WITH DAT.:
    I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):
    1 with Verbs of Rest,

    ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354

    ;

    ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153

    ;

    στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222

    ;

    κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27

    ; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;

    ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420

    ;

    ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88

    , etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something,

    νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351

    (v.l. for ἐν)

    ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131

    (but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,

    ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77

    ;

    τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353

    ;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317

    ; also, at or near,

    ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408

    ;

    ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788

    , etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,

    ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160

    ;

    ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559

    , etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.
    b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470;

    τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400

    ; also, over or in honour of,

    ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91

    ; [

    βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776

    ;

    κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81

    , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.
    c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,

    οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37

    , cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,

    ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178

    ;

    ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268

    ;

    δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181

    , cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191

    ; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;

    νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5

    ; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.
    d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;

    ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644

    ;

    ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404

    (lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).
    e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'

    ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454

    , cf. 308;

    ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639

    , cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;

    ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10

    ; so of Numerals,

    τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20

    , cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;

    γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694

    : with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27

    ; νέκταρ

    ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e

    ; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11

    ;

    παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835

    : metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.
    f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.
    g. in dependence upon, in the power of,

    τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76

    ; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;

    ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2

    ;

    ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22

    ; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;

    τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14

    ; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.
    h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;

    ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88

    ;

    ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662

    codd.(lyr.).
    i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,

    ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228

    (lyr.);

    ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36

    ;

    ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36

    ; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;

    ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b

    ;

    ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192

    (anap.).
    k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.
    2. with Verbs of Motion:
    a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,

    ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443

    ;

    θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92

    ;

    καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114

    ; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.

    ψαμάθοις 23.853

    ;

    ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55

    ; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας

    βαλεῖν S.Aj.51

    , etc.
    b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.

    ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499

    ;

    καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36

    ; ἦλθε δ'

    ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251

    , cf. 273;

    νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248

    .
    c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,

    νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327

    , 11.274.
    d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι

    Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91

    ;

    ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97

    ;

    ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358

    ;

    κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293

    ;

    ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214

    , cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι

    τετάχθαι Th.2.70

    , 3.13;

    ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2

    (Teos, v B.C.).
    II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;

    ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102

    ; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;

    ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112

    , 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;

    ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6

    ;

    ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16

    , PHolm.1.18.
    2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι

    ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62

    ; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;

    ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170

    , τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;

    τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855

    (lyr.), etc.
    3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc.,

    ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665

    A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,

    ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87

    ; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;

    ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61

    ; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν

    ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16

    ;

    ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122

    , etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;

    δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540

    ;

    ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137

    , etc.; . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; .

    δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315

    (lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.
    2. of an end or purpose,

    υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154

    , cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;

    ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68

    ;

    ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164

    ;

    ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151

    (lyr.);

    ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56

    ; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;

    ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154

    ; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;

    ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38

    , cf.34, etc.;

    τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6

    (iv B.C.).
    3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114

    ; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126

    (but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,

    τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16

    ; γῆμαί

    τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13

    ;

    τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60

    ; on the principle of..,

    ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71

    .
    4. of the price for which..,

    ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304

    , cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; .

    ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154

    ; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;

    ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332

    ;

    ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15

    ; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;

    ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας

    for

    225

    per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,

    δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27

    ; ἐπ' οἴνου

    κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18

    ;

    ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3

    ;

    δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1

    , cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.
    5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..

    ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b

    ; so

    ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12

    ; ὄνομα καλεῖν

    ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c

    , cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.

    ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b

    (v. supr. A. 111.2).
    6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;

    ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25

    ;

    οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89

    ;

    σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427

    ; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ

    στρατεύματι Th.6.29

    ;

    ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28

    ; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;

    οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2

    ;

    ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154

    .
    7. in possession of, possessing,

    ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105

    , cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;

    ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1

    ;

    ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78

    , cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);

    ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9

    .
    C. WITH Acc.:
    I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386

    , cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν

    ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131

    ;

    προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34

    ; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων

    ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265

    ; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;

    ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442

    ; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;

    Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212

    ;

    θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54

    ; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.
    b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).
    2. to,

    ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12

    , etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.

    τεῖχος 12.443

    ;

    ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48

    ;

    ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15

    ;

    ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118

    ; .

    τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79

    : c.acc. pers.,

    βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18

    , cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,

    ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d

    ;

    παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34

    , cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.
    b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;

    ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36

    ;

    ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88

    codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν

    τράπεζαν D.33.10

    ; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.
    c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),

    παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181

    ;

    ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27

    ,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων

    ἤλθομεν Od.23.248

    ; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,

    πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8

    , An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,

    τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12

    ; ὅσσον

    ἔφ' 2.616

    , cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;

    ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66

    ; .

    πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265

    ;

    ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18

    ; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον

    ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92

    ; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;

    ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118

    ; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,

    ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94

    , 4.181.
    d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),

    ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156

    (but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);

    ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18

    .
    e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;

    ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2

    codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.
    3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57

    , etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or . κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v.

    κέρας v11

    ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;

    ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34

    ; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.
    4. in hostile sense, against,

    ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101

    ;

    ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590

    ; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;

    ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495

    (lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ

    Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90

    ;

    πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153

    ; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.
    5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα

    θαλάσσης 2.159

    ;

    ἐ. κύματα 13.27

    ;

    ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350

    ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;

    ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120

    ;

    ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a

    . 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;

    ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34

    , etc.; freq. to be rendered on,

    δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308

    ; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;

    ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447

    ; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;

    ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95

    ;

    ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2

    ; also, among,

    κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213

    , cf. 24.202, 535;

    δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.
    II. of Time, for or during a certain time,

    ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299

    , Od.14.193:

    πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407

    ;

    παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133

    ;

    ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415

    ;

    ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c

    , etc.; ἐπ'

    ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7

    ; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;

    γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68

    ; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;

    ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36

    ; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.
    2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος

    καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226

    .
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;

    ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808

    ;

    ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12

    ; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,

    ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149

    , cf. S.OT 555;

    κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418

    ;

    κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23

    : with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;

    ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12

    ; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;

    ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439

    ;

    κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e

    , etc.;

    καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107

    ,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ

    τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b

    , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;

    ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22

    , 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν

    ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79

    , cf. Od.4.434;

    ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691

    (lyr.); χρήσιμος

    ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31

    : after a Noun,

    ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21

    ; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.
    2. so far as regards,

    τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889

    ;

    ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345

    ; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;

    τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28

    ; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;

    ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51

    ; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν

    ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82

    ;

    κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181

    ; .

    μέγα Call.Dian.55

    .
    3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς

    καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58

    , cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;

    ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.

    l.c.;

    ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b

    (cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται

    οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90

    .
    4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.
    D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,

    ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20

    , cf. Il.9.539.
    II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.

    γῆς Od.12.27

    , cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).
    E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας

    ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443

    ; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;

    πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182

    (lyr.).
    II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ

    ἐπέων 11.367

    ;

    ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393

    codd. (lyr.).
    F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v.

    ἐπέχω v11

    ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).
    G. IN COMPOSITION:
    I. of Place, denoting,
    1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.
    2. Motion,
    a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.
    b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.
    c. against,

    ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11

    , ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.
    e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.
    f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.
    g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.
    3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,

    ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1

    , ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.
    4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.
    5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.
    6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.
    II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,

    ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2

    .
    III. in causal senses:
    1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.
    2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.
    3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.
    4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί

См. также в других словарях:

  • Use of force by states — The use of force by states is controlled by both customary international law and by treaty law. The UN Charter reads in article 2(4):All members shall refrain in their international relations from the threat or use of force against the… …   Wikipedia

  • Force concentration — is the practice of concentrating a military force, so as to bring to bear such overwhelming force against a portion of an enemy force that the disparity between the two forces alone acts as a force multiplier, in favour of the concentrated forces …   Wikipedia

  • right — / rīt/ n [Old English riht, from riht righteous] 1 a: qualities (as adherence to duty or obedience to lawful authority) that together constitute the ideal of moral propriety or merit moral approval b: something that is morally just able to… …   Law dictionary

  • force — 1 n 1: a cause of motion, activity, or change intervening force: a force that acts after another s negligent act or omission has occurred and that causes injury to another: intervening cause at cause irresistible force: an unforeseeable event esp …   Law dictionary

  • Right of self-defense — This article and defense of property deal with the legal concept of justified acts that might otherwise be illegal. For the general act of protecting one s person from attack, see Self defense. For the 1983 Canadian action thriller film, see Self …   Wikipedia

  • Right Realism — In criminology, Right Realism (also known as New Right Realism, Neo Classicism, Neo Positivism, or Neo Conservatism) is the ideological polar opposite of Left Realism. It considers the phenomenon of crime from the perspective of political… …   Wikipedia

  • right — As a noun, and taken in an abstract sense, means justice, ethical correctness, or consonance with the rules of law or the principles of morals. In this signification it answers to one meaning of the Latin jus, and serves to indicate law in the… …   Black's law dictionary

  • force — force1 W1S3 [fo:s US fo:rs] n ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(military)¦ 2¦(military action)¦ 3¦(violence)¦ 4¦(physical power)¦ 5¦(natural power)¦ 6¦(organized group)¦ 7¦(strong influence)¦ 8¦(powerful effect)¦ 9 join/combine forces (with somebody/something) …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • use — use1 W1S1 [ju:z] v ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(use something)¦ 2¦(amount of something)¦ 3¦(treat somebody unfairly)¦ 4¦(an advantage)¦ 5 could use something 6¦(word)¦ 7¦(drugs)¦ Phrasal verbs  use something<=>up ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ [Date …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • use — 1 /ju:z/ verb (T) 1 USE STH if you use a particular tool, method, service, ability etc, you do something with that tool, by means of that method etc, for a particular purpose: Can I use your phone? | More people are using the library than ever… …   Longman dictionary of contemporary English

  • Right — • Substantive designating the object of justice Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Right     Right     † …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»